Sigma PC Manual
-
Upload
sarisha-harrychund -
Category
Documents
-
view
432 -
download
40
Transcript of Sigma PC Manual
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 1/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 2/338
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 12-1995
GREEN SECTION - SYSTEM SELECTION
Sheet nrs
General introduction 4001
System selection for internal and external exposure 4005
Quality aspects of major maintenance coatings 4006
Tools for maintenance management 4007
Relation between pretreatment - paint system - expected life time 4008
Indication of resistance of coatings to immersion and splash 4009
Systems for internal dry exposure 4010 - 4019
Systems for internal wet exposure 4020 - 4029
Systems for rural atmospheric exposure 4030 - 4039
Systems for industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure 4040 - 4049
Systems for atmospheric exposure and abrasion-impact 4050 - 4059
Systems exposed to high temperatures 4060 - 4069
Systems for immersion in water and subsoil 4070 - 4079
Systems for immersion in chemicals 4080 - 4089
Systems for immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil 4090 - 4099
Systems for immersion in waste water and slurry 4100 - 4109
Various systems for special conditions 4110 - 4119
– Damp steel surfaces
– Zinc silicate primed steel– Zinc epoxy primed steel
RED SECTION - GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS
Sheet nrs
Conversion tables 1410
Explanation to product data sheets 1411
Nomograph conversion from English units to metric units 1412
Safety indications 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety explosion hazard - toxic hazard 1431
Directives for ventilation practice 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives 1491
Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature 1650
Zinc silicates - Quality aspects application 1706
Certificates for potable water 1882
page 1 /3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000Contents
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 3/338
May 2000
BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETSSheet nrs
Product data sheets alphabetical 7005
Product data sheets generic 7006
Sigmaferro primer ZP 7131
Sigmetal mioprimer 7145
Sigmetal Construction 7149
Sigmasteel QD 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish 7234
Sigmaferro selfcleaning white 7237
Sigmaferro gloss 7239
Sigmetal finish 7251
Sigmaferro build coat 7255
Sigmaferro semigloss 7256
Sigmaferro aluminium 7264
Sigma Proferral PR 7370
Sigmacover zinc primer 7402
Sigma Phenguard primer 7409
Sigmacover CM primer 7412
Sigmacover primer 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer 7414
Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade 7414WGSigmarite sealer 7420
Sigmacover CM miocoat 7427
Sigmacover ST 7428
Sigmacover ST wintergrade 7428WG
Sigmaguard EHB 7433
Sigma Phenguard coating 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish 7436
Sigmaguard CSF 7443
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 7447
Sigmaguard HS 7448
Sigma Novaguard 7453Sigmacover CM coating 7456
Sigma TCN 300 7472
Sigmaguard CSF 75 7475
Sigmacover Armour Compound 7490
Sigma wet blast inhibitor 7499
Sigmadur HB finish 7524
Sigmadur gloss 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss 7530
page 2 /3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000Contents
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 4/338
May 2000
BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETSSheet nrs
Sigma Silguard MC 7551
Sigmatherm silicate 7555
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 7558
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 7560
Sigmatherm siloxane 7563
Sigmatherm silacryl 7565
Sigmacover HS zinc primer 7702
Sigmacover DTM coating 7726
Sigma Novashield 7744
Sigmaguard CSF 85 7785
Sigma EP Steeline 7802
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 3 /3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000Contents
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 5/338
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
The main task of protective coatings is to prevent or control corrosion. Uncontrolled corrosion can cause
serious damage to capital investments and can endanger human life. Therefore, optimum selection and
application of protective coatings is of tremendous importance.
During its service life a protective coating system deteriorates as a result of exposure to ultraviolet light,
moisture, fluctuating temperatures, chemicals, abrasion and many other factors.
Proper and timely maintenance is required to obtain the optimum performance from a protective coating
system. However, selection and application of maintenance coating systems is more complicated than for
new construction. Climatic conditions, chemical exposure, available time, budget, health and safety, low
grade surface preparation, these and other conditions have an influence on the selection and application of
the optimum maintenance system.
A maintenance system intended for total repair may often be the same as one for new construction, but
special construction and project requirements met in a new building may require alteration. For most
exposure conditions a possible new construction system is included besides the appropriate maintenance
systems. Note that for new construction also seperate manuals are available for individual market segments
This manual contains information about the following subjects.
– Coating systems Recommended coating systems for maintenance, total repair, and new construction including coatings
specially designed to cope with one or more of the prevailing adverse conditions.
– Compatibility
Recommended coating systems (generically) in relation to exposure conditions and existing coating
systems.
– Quality
Qualitative aspects of various generic coating types
– Compendium
A compendium providing information about surface preparation, paint application, corrosion phenomena,typical maintenance procedures and other aspects needed to manage corrosion problems.
– Performance expectancy
The expected performance life related to the coating system/surface preparation/dry film thickness and
exposure conditions.
page 1 /2
STEEL PROTECTION
4001General introduction
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 6/338
May 2000
– Problem solving Problem solving in the corrosion and coating field
Proper use of this manual - if needed in combination with a site survey - will assure that cost effective
coating systems and application procedures are recommended.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 2 /2
STEEL PROTECTION
4001General introduction
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 7/338
a nine page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
The exposure definitions and compatibility tables are used as follows.
Firstly select the appropriate exposure condition. Then compare this exposure condition with the generic
type of the existing coating system in the following tables. This indicates the system types which may be
considered for maintenance.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXPOSURE CONDITIONS
1) INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE
Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.
Relative humidity below 60%
2) INTERNAL WET (HUMID) EXPOSURE
Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmosphere with low pollution and dry climate.
Relative humidity up to 80%
3) RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet radiation, but is normally less
aggressive than an industrial or coastal environment.
Average sulphur dioxide content is lower than 10 µg per m³ air.
Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
4a) INDUSTRIAL POLLUTED ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical pollution will accelerate the corrosion
process and requires consideration regarding increased acidic fall out. The main effect is corrosion due
to sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of
more than 10 µg per m³ air.
4b) SEA, COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will accelerate the corrosion process,
aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more than 12 mg per litre rain.
5) ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT
Same conditions as for industrial polluted atmospheric exposure can be expected; additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected. (see also 4a-4b).
page 1 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 8/338
May 2000
6) HIGH TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE
High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater importance than the general
atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be considered.
7) IMMERSION IN WATER (with or without cathodic protection)
Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil water and splashzone are considered as immersion conditions.
8) IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND/OR SLURRIES (cathodic protection)
Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and domestic water systems, withpH between 3 and 10 and where abrasion can be expected.
9) IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS
Immersion in chemicals like acids, alkalis and solvents.
Specific corrosion hazards from both liquid and vapour.
10) IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL
Immersion in aliphatic white petroleum products and crude oil.
SEQUENCE OF SEARCH FOR THE BEST COATING SYSTEM.
1 = Determine the exposure conditions, see the description.
2 = In case of maintenance, determine the type of coating or the coating system that has been used
previously.
3 = Look for a possible maintenance or new construction system.
4 = Check if the choice for the coating system is correct.
5 = Look for the specification of the system under the specific number in this manual.
6 = Study 4007; tools for maintenance management.
page 2 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 9/338
May 2000
Internal dry or wet conditions
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE INTERNAL DRY (1) INTERNAL WET (2)
SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ ACR ALKYD EP/ ACR EP/
PUR DISP PUR DISP PUR
NUMBER 4010 4011 4012 4020 4021 4022 4024
New Construction or
total repairBARE METAL + + + + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + # + + ## + ##
EPOXY ESTER + + + + + + ##
URETHANE ALKYD + + + + + + ##
CHLORINATED RUBBER – # + – # + +
VINYL – # + – # + +
EPOXY + + + # + + +
ZC + EP + + + – + + +
POLYURETHANE + + + # + + +
ZC + PUR + + + – + + +
ACR = Acrylic + = recommended
CR = Chlorinated rubber # = suitable, subject to detailed info
DISP= Dispersion – = not recommended
EP = Epoxy
PUR = Polyurethane
ZC = Zinc containing
page 3 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 10/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 11/338
May 2000
Industrial or coastal conditions
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE EXTERNAL INDUSTRIAL/COASTAL (4)
SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ HS/EPPUR PUR
NUMBER 4040 4041 4042
New Construction ortotal repairBARE METAL + + +
Intact areas full coatand spotrepair;Existing coating system
ALKYD + # #EPOXY ESTER + + #URETHANE ALKYD + + #CHLORINATED RUBBER – # –
VINYL – # –EPOXY + + +ZC + EP – + +
POLYURETHANE + + +ZC + PUR – + +
Powdercoatings Epoxy # + +Epoxy-polyester # + +Polyester # + +Polyurethane # + +
Stoving enamels Alkyd-amino + + #
Coil coatings Acr-sil.polyester – + #Polyvinylydene- – – –fluoridePolyvinylchloride – + #Plastisols – – #
ACR = Acrylic SIL = Silicone + = recommended
CR = Chlorinated Rubber ZC = Zinc containing # = suitable, subject to detailed info
EP = Epoxy – = not recommended
HS = High Solids
MOD= ModifiedPUR = Polyurethane
page 5 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 12/338
May 2000
Atmospheric conditions + abrasion or impact
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE ATMOSPHERIC AND ABRASION OR IMPACT (5)
SYSTEM EP/SF EP/HS
NUMBER 4050 4051
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair ;
Existing coating system
ALKYD – –
EPOXY + +
SILICONE – –
SILICATE # #
POLYURETHANE + +
page 6 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 13/338
May 2000
System selection for internal and external exposuresHigh temperatures
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE HIGH TEMPERATURE (6)
175°C 350°C 200°C 450°C 400°C
SYSTEM ALKYD ACRYLIC EPOXY SILICONE SILICATE
NUMBER 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064
New Construction ortotal repair
BARE METAL + + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + – + – –
EPOXY # – + – –
SILICONE – – – # –
SILICATE – + # # +
POLYURETHANE # – + – –
EP = Epoxy + = recommended
HS = High solid # = suitable, subject to detailed info
SF = Solvent free – = not recommended
page 7 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 14/338
May 2000
Immersion in water - waste water – slurry
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE IMMERSION WATER (7)
MAX.TEMP. 70° C 50-70° C 70° C 50° C 100° C
SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY PHEN
TAR SF HS HS EPOXY
NUMBER 4070 4071 4072 4073 4076
New Construction or
total repairBARE METAL + + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
CHLORINATED RUBBER – – – – –
EPOXY + + + + –
EPOXY TAR + # # # –
BITUMEN – – – – –
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE WASTE WATER (8) – SLURRY
SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY
HS TAR HS SF
NUMBER 4100 4101 4102 4103
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
CHLORINATED RUBBER – – – –
EPOXY + # + +
EPOXY TAR # + – #
BITUMEN – – – –
page 8 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 15/338
May 2000
Immersion in refined petroleum products - crude oil – chemicals
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE IMMERSION CHEMICALS (9) REFINED PETROLEUM (10)
PRODUCTS - CRUDE OIL
SYSTEM EPOXY PHEN EPOXY ZINC EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY
HS EPOXY SF SILICATE HS TAR SF
NUMBER 4080 4081 4082 4083 4090 4091 4092
New Construction ortotal repair
BARE METAL + + + + + + +
Intact areas full coat and spotrepair; Existing coating system
EPOXY-AMINE # + # – + # #
EPOXY-AMIDE + + + – + # #
PHEN-EP-AMINE # + # – + # –
EPOXY-ISOCYANATE # # – – + # –
POLYURETHANE # # – – + # –
COAL TAR-EPOXY # – # – # # –
ZINC SILICATE + # – + + # –
EP = Epoxy + = recommended
HS = High solids # = suitable, subject to detailed info
PHEN = Phenolic – = not recommended
SF = Solvent free
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 9 /9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005System selection for internal and external exposure
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 16/338
a five page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
GENERAL
Coating system specifications for maintenance or new construction are the result of a techno/economic
analysis. A coating system is more than just the specified number of generic coats.
The following items should be considered:
– Cleaning procedure before mechanical surface preparation
– Standard of surface preparation of damaged and/or corroded areas
– Choice and specification of coating materials and system composition in relation to the paint system to be
repaired
– Data concerning acceptable limits for environmental conditions during application and drying of thecoating materials
– Data concerning upper and lower limits for dft and minimum and maximum overcoating times
– Expected exposure conditions in service
– Expected lifetime in relation to costs involved
To ensure good coating adhesion it is essential that the surface to be painted is dry and free from rust, dirt,
dust and debris that might prevent the paint adhering to the surface. Roughening of the surface in order to
improve the adhesion may be required.
It is not always possible to obtain a perfect coating application, therefore special attention should be given to
areas of difficult access or which have sharp edges, in order to obtain the specified dry film thickness (dft).
In practice no coating system is completely impermeable and the rate at which oxygen, water or aggressive
chemicals penetrate reflects the durability of the coating system.
Water soluble matter, if left on the surface to be painted, causes rapid deterioration (blistering) when the
coating is exposed to moisture (condensation) or immersed in water or chemicals.
Performance properties of coatings
A classification of coatings based on generic type, related to the film properties and the mechanism of film
formation is given in the following tables:
page 1 /5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006Quality aspects of major coating systems
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 17/338
May 2000
SOLVENT BORNE COATINGS
AK V CR EP PUR BIT ACR IOZ
Drying mechanism OX PH PH CH CH(MC) PH PH MC
suitable as primer +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++ ++ ++++
top coat +++ +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ +++ ++
build coat – ++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ –
tolerance to low grade
surface preparation ++ – – ++ ++ +++ + +
gloss retention +++ +++ + + ++++ – +++ –
colour retention +++ +++ + + ++++ – +++ ++
corrosion prevention +++ ++ +++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ ++++
heat resistance + – – +++ ++ – + ++++
water immersion – ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++
solvent resistance + + + +++ +++ – + ++++
acid resistance + ++ ++ +++ +++ + ++ –
alkali resistance – +++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ –
abrasion resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ +++ +++impact resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ ++ ++
flexibility + +++ ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ –
Indications: Type of coating:
– = not good AK = Alkyd PUR = Polyurethan
+ = marginal V = Vinyl BIT = Bitumen
+ + = acceptable CR = Chlorinated Rubber ACR = Acrylic
+ + + = good EP = Epoxy IOZ = Inorganic zinc
+ + + + = very good
notations used for drying mechanism:
CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between
base and hardener or by chemical reaction between base and hardener only if the product is
solvent free.
MC = moisture curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by chemical reaction with
moisture from the air
OX = oxidative, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and uptake of and reaction with oxygen
from the air
PH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents
page 2 /5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006Quality aspects of major coating systems
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 18/338
May 2000
WATER BORNE - SOLVENT BORNE - SOLVENT FREE - HIGH SOLIDS COATINGS
Acrylate Vinyl Epoxy
WB SB WB SB WB SF HS SB
Drying mechanism CO PH CO PH CO/CH CH CH CH
suitable as:– primer + ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ ++++ ++++– topcoat +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ +++– buildcoat ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ +++tolerance to low grade – + – – ++ ++ +++ +++surface preparation
gloss retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +colour retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +corrosion prevention + ++ + ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++heat resistance – – – – ++ ++ +++ +++
water immersion + ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++solvent resistance + + + + +++ +++ ++++ ++++acid resistance + ++ + ++ ++ ++ +++ +++alkaly resistance ++ ++ ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++
abrasion resistance +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++
impact resistance +++ ++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++flexibility +++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++
explosion risk ++++ + ++++ + ++++ ++++ ++ +health and safety ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++Drying at high humidity or – ++ – ++ – ++++ ++ ++insufficient ventilation
Indications: Type of coating:
– = not good HS = High solids+ = marginal SB = Solvent borne+ + = acceptable SF = Solvent free
+ + + = good WB = Water borne+ + + + = very good
notations used for drying mechanism:
CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between
base and hardener
CO = coagulation, the film hardens by evaporation of water and filmforming (coagulation) of the
dispersed binder
CO/CH = coagulation plus chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of water, filmforming
(coagulation) of the dispersed binder components followed by a chemical reaction between base
and hardenerPH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents
page 3 /5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006Quality aspects of major coating systems
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 19/338
May 2000
Functional properties of individual coats
Basically a coating system is designed to protect against corrosion by forming a barrier between the steel
and the environment. For aesthetic or functional reasons coating systems are made up of a number of coats.
Generally the types of materials are grouped as primers, sealers/barrier coats (undercoats), build coats and
top coats (finish coats).
The function of the different types can be described as follows:
– Primers: Anticorrosive properties rely on the presence of inhibitive pigments and/or on the
formation of a barrier. Primers should give good adhesion to sufficiently roughened,
cleaned metal and cleaned old coating, providing a sound base for and offering adhesionto the subsequent coating system. They should provide corrosion protection during the
overcoating interval and service life. Coats applied in the correct dry film thickness will
provide sufficient protection against rust creep in case of mechanical damage afterwards.
– Sealers These coatings are used as an intermediate coat in a coating system to enhance the
barrier coats overall protection and to provide good intercoat adhesion. Incorporation of pigments
(tie coats): with a laminar structure (aluminium flakes, talc or micaceous iron oxide) reduces or
delays moisture penetration, decreases permeability to oxygen, improves strength and
improves penetration of the binder. On a porous substrate (e.g. zinc rich coatings)
suitable formulated sealers minimize popping effect.
– Build coats: These coatings are used as an intermediate coat or top coat in a coating system to
enhance the overall protection by increasing the thickness, reducing or delaying moisture
penetration and decreasing the permeability to oxygen. When a build coat has to be
finished with a top coat it must provide recoatability. Aesthetic or other functions related
to topcoats (colour hiding) may be incorporated.
– Top coats The top coat gives the required colour, gloss and surface resistance of the system,
(finish coats): providing the first line of defence against weather, sunlight, condensation impact,
abrasion and chemical attack. For economic reasons top coats are commonly applied in a
low dry film thickness. Sometimes topcoats need special properties e.g. in non-skid, self-cleaning or chemical resistant systems. In specific systems for immersed exposure a
very smooth finish is sometimes required to obtain better cleaning of the settlement of
bacteria.
page 4 /5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006Quality aspects of major coating systems
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 20/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 21/338
COATINGS page 1/13
GENERAL ASPECTS
A maintenance specification is more complex than a coating specification for a new fabrication. In this
section a systematic approach is presented for checking objects which are due for maintenance painting in
order to see if special measures have to be taken to extend the service life of the object to be protected by
the maintenance coating system
– NOTE FOR METALLIC SUBSTRATES
Steel Mill scale, corrosion, pitting corrosion.
Cast iron Surface irregularities, porosity, corrosion.
Corten steel Surface corrosion, very hard.
Stainless steel Contact corrosion, smooth surface, chlorine/chloride contamination.
Non ferrous metals Zinc, copper, aluminium, lead, contact corrosion, corrosion products.
Zinc sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, zinc salts, corrosion.
Hot dipped galvanized steel Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.
Coil galvanized plate Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.
(Sendzimir)
Aluminium Anodised, aluminium salts, pitting corrosion, contact corrosion.
Aluminium sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, aluminium salts.
– NOTE FOR STRUCTURAL DETAILS
Weld spatters, rough welds, These cannot be protected properly and must be ground and/ortack (skip) welds, doublings, repaired by welding.
intermittent welding
Open connections, bolts and Moisture and dirt collects on these spots.
nuts, crevices, sharp edges, Sharp edges must be rounded by grinding.
wrong inclination See also “details prone to corrosion attack”.
Combination of different Avoid contact corrosion by insulating properly.
metals
Inaccessable places Seal with caulking compounds.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
a thirteen page issue May 2000
revision of 1-1996
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 22/338
COATINGS page 2/13
– NOTE FOR ORIGINAL COATING SYSTEMS
For each maintenance specification the compatibility of the maintenance paint with the existing paint
system should be given or checked by a test patch.
Main paint defects are corrosion, checking and cracking, blistering and detachment. Causes for paint
defects should be detected, especially when the paint system did not perform well. See also “Paint
Defects”.
– NOTE FOR PHYSICAL AND/OR CHEMICAL ATTACK
Extreme temperature changes,
erosion, direct sunlight,
UV radiation, rain, abrasion,
humidity, moisture, chemicals,
aggressive fumes, contact
Corrosion, cathodic protection
From practice it is known that in case of an early failure a wrong paint system was applied. If this has
happened, the exposure conditions should be defined again another paint system should be considered
Dry heat resistance of generic coating types
Continuous heat Intermittent heat
(<5% of the time, max 24 hrs)
bitumen 60°C (140°F) 60°C (140°F)
chlorinated rubber 60°C (140°F) 75°C (165°F)
vinyl 60°C (140°F) 75°C (165°F)
alkyd 80°C (175°F) 100°C (210°F)
tar epoxy* 120°C (250°F) 120°C (250°F)
polyurethane 120°C (250°F) 120°C (250°F)
epoxy, medium solids** 120°C (250°F) 150°C (300°F)
epoxy, high solids 80°C (175°F) 90-100°C (194-210°F)epoxy, solvent free 80°C (175°F) 90-100°C (194-210°F)
epoxy, phenolics 150°C (300°F) 150°C (300°F)
zinc epoxy 180°C (355°F) 200°C (390°F)
zinc silicate 400°C (750°F) 400°C (750°F)
* Valid for Sigma TCN 300
** Discoloration at higher temperatures can occur
– NOTE FOR SURFACE PREPARATION
The methods for surface preparation in maintenance painting are often limited because interference with
other works has to be avoided as well as damage to machines and equipment. Nevertheless when thecause of paint defects was related to poor surface preparation, this fault should not be repeated.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 23/338
COATINGS page 3/13
Full attention should be paid to the following points:– Removal of weld spatters by power tool chiseling and grinding.
– Structural repair by welding.
– Pitting to be cleaned in depth and filled.
– Sharp edges to be rounded by grinding preferably to a radius of 2 to 3 mm.
– Smooth surfaces should be roughened, polished surfaces should be avoided.
– Measurements to be taken to avoid contact (galvanic) corrosion by using proper sealing and insulation
materials.
– Removal of local rust by wire brushing and/or power tool disc cleaning.
– Removal of rust and other corrosion products like zinc and aluminium salts is done by scrapers, blast
cleaning (wet, dry, vacuum), power tool disc cleaning or scotch brite cleaning.– Contamination should be removed with detergents and/or high pressure fresh water cleaning. Solvent
cleaning should be used only when this is unavoidable.
– Old defective paint coats should be removed if the adhesion or the intercoat adhesion is insufficient. The
edges of old intact paint coats should be feathered.
– Old intact paint coats should be sanded lightly to achieve good adhesion.
– SPECIFIC REMEDIAL ACTIONS
– CHALKING. A (high pressure) wash with solution of detergent and water, followed by thorough rinsing with
fresh water will remedy chalking.
– MILDEW. Remove mildew with proper material or by scrubbing with solution of one part of householdbleach per three parts of water, followed by thorough rinsing with fresh water.
– FLAKING and PEELING. Depending upon severity of atmospheric exposure and extent of flaking and
peeling, minimum surface preparation is light blast cleaning, high pressure water cleaning, water abra-
sive blast cleaning, or power tool cleaning to remove all loosely adhering paint.
– HARD, GLOSSY or TOUGH SURFACES. To provide satisfactory adhesion, the surface must be roughened
by hand or power tool, or by wet or dry abrasive blasting.
– BLEEDING. The surface should be sealed with a special coating (sealer).
– UPGRADING of existing coating systems. Due to strong solvents (swelling) upgrading usually cannot be
accomplished by direct application of high performance solvent based coatings. Recommended tiecoats
should be applied first. Some water borne epoxies may be applied directly to the existing coating system.
– BLISTERING or RUSTING. Minor blistering and/or rusting should be removed by power tool cleaning, high
pressure water cleaning or spot blast cleaning. Where blistering and rusting is excessive, it is advised
that the existing coating should be completely removed.
– NOTE FOR PAINT APPLICATION
– Spraying of paint is often limited because interference with other works has to be avoided. So
maintenance paints should be also fit for either roller or brush application. Very complex structures
should be painted by brush or roller instead of by spraygun to avoid overspray, dry spray and extreme
paint losses.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 24/338
COATINGS page 4/13
– For brush or roller applied paints the specified dry film thickness should be reached for which extra coats
might be needed. Sharp edges and complex structures should be stripe coated with each coat of the
system.
– The preceding (build) coat should be of a colour which allows the finishing coat to give good coverage.
– PAINT APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS
– CONTAMINATION. The possibility of contamination of the substrate and the coating during application and
curing or drying will influence the selection and future performance of the specific coating.
– APPLICATION CONDITIONS. Specific information regarding temperature limitations is given in the product
data sheets. A low temperature may inhibit curing while a high temperature may cause solvent poppingand skin drying. A high wind velocity results in excessive paint consumption, dry spray and skin drying.
– HUMIDITY. Best results for most coatings are obtained at a relative humidity, below 85%. The substrate
temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point.
– SOLVENT AND THINNER SELECTION. Follow the recommendations given in the product data sheets.
– EXCESSIVE ZINC SALTS. Zinc salts may be removed by light blast cleaning, followed by fresh water
rinsing to remove dust. High pressure water cleaning may be suitable as well as powertool cleaning using
scotch brite.
– CONTAMINATION. Suitable solvents or emulsifying agents should be used to remove surface or absorbed
greasy contaminants.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 25/338
COATINGS page 5/13
SYMPTOM CORRECTION/
SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION
Aluminium Dull, greyish, smooth Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
soft surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.
Aluminium, Very smooth, (coloured) Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
anodised hard surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.
Aluminium, White aluminium Deposits are contaminated, (Disc)sand, wash
corroded salts, pitting. corrosion will continue. thoroughly.Better: clean by water
abrasive blast cleaning.
Aluminium Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within 4 hours,
sprayed steel surface. Bubbles and pinholes if not, clean by water
in the coating film. abrasive blast cleaning.
Use correct sealer
Copper Metallic yellow or Insufficient adhesion of Degrease, (disc)sand.
reddish-yellow sheen. coating.
Very smooth soft surface.
Copper Greenish-white copper Insufficient adhesion of (Disc)sand, wash
corroded salts. coating. thoroughly.
Hot rolled Millscale. This has a Millscale is more noble Remove mill scale
steel blueish black than steel leading to by blast cleaning.
appearance. pitting corrosion in cracks.
Steel/cold Rust. Rust deposits are Wash thoroughly.
rolled steel, contaminated with salts, (Disc)sand, blast clean,corroded corrosion will continue. check surface for
cleanliness.
Better: clean by water
abrasive blast cleaning.
Cast iron, Rust-porosity. Absorption of contaminants. (Disc)sand, blast clean with
corroded Rust deposits are fine abrasive. Better: clean
difficult to remove from by water abrasive blast
the pores. cleaning. Use correct sealer
Stainless Very smooth. Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
steel of coating. blast clean with inert grit.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 26/338
COATINGS page 6/13
General: Prevent contact of metals (carbon) which can form a galvanic couple.
SYMPTOM CORRECTION/
SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION
Coil galvanized Thin plate with a very Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand,
plate(Sendzimir) smooth zinc layer. of coating. better: sweep blast the
15-50 µm zinc surface lightly with inert
grit.
Coil galvanized White zinc salts Corrosion deposits (Disc)sand, better: sweep
plate corroded and rust. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly
(Sendzimir) Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.
of coating.
Electrolytic Thin plate with a very No resistance to Degrease and sand lightly.
zinc plate smooth very thin weathering.
(Zincor) electrochemically Good coating adhesion.
± 5 µm zinc applied zinc layer.
Electrolytic Rust and white Corrosion products (Disc)sand, better sweep:
zinc plate, zinc salts. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly
corroded Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.(Zincor) of coating.
Hot dip Smooth, soft, Insufficient adhesion (Disc)sand, better sweep:
galvanized greyish surface. of coating. blast the surface lightly
steel with inert grit till a
50-200 µm zinc uniform matt appearance.
(or zinc metal)
Hot dip White dirty zinc All deposits are contaminated.(Disc)sand, better:
galvanized salts, rust. Corrosion.will continue (sweep)blast the surface
steel, Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.
corroded of coating.
Zinc sprayed Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within4 hours,
steel surface. Bubbles and pin holes if not, clean by water
in the coating. abrasive blast cleaning.
Use correct sealer.
Zinc sprayed Porous surface Corrosion products are Blast clean with
steel, with zinc salts contaminated. Insufficient inert grit.
corroded and rust. adhesion of coating.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 27/338
COATINGS page 7/13
DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK
Details of structures have an extremely big impact on the durability of a paint system and as a consequence
on the maintenance cost.
Up to 15% of a structure is known as a critical part in respect of corrosion protection because of
imperfect welds, sharp edges and areas where dirt and water can collect. Improvements of such
details should be an integral part of maintenance jobs
Rivetted or bolted structures are difficult to protect. Often coating systems show cracks after a certain timedue to the shrinkage of the coating around rivets, bolts or nuts or due to minor movements in the
connections of the structure. Specially formulated coatings should be used for the protection of these areas,
having a durable elasticity and low shrinkage. (Maintenance system 4111)
Prevent collection of dirt and water. Make drainage holes if
necessary and ensure that the strength of the structure is
not affected. Drainage of water should be done in a way that
water does not collect where it can cause corrosion.
Avoid openings where dirt and water can collect.
Grind the welds and avoid breaks or tack welds.
Avoid sharp edges and intermittent welding.
Always attempt to have rounded shapes and complete
welds.
Structures composed of steel and concrete are frequently
incompatible as far as protection and maintenance are
concerned. At the design stage consideration should be givento the accessibility of the steel parts for painting during new
fabrication and maintenance.
Leakage between concrete floors and steel columns can be
prevented by using synthetic rubber slabs and sealants.
If these materials have to be coated the adhesion of the
paint should be checked.
When installing tanks, equipment and pipelines, there must
be sufficient space left in between to allow ventilation,
cleaning and maintenance painting.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 28/338
page 8/13
DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK
In a steel structure composed of several parts there are
always places where moisture or dirt can collect.
The connections between the sloping and vertical sections
must always be constructed in a way that water can be
drained off.
The connection between round and flat surfaces always
creates areas which are difficult to protect.
These areas should be filled up by welding to improve the
protection.
The junction between facing plates also creates spots which
will remain damp.Filling these spots with welding material or a flexible
filler is necessary for a durable protection.
Containers or process tanks should be constructed in a way
that no liquid remains when emptied.
Special attention should be paid to the couplings of the
drain: the edge of the drain and coupling must not be higher
than the bottom of the tank.
Reinforcement in the shape of right-angled or U-profile mustalso be fitted in a way that painting is possible. Use a
T-profile instead of 2 right-angled profiles or place the back
to back angles so that the opening between them can be
welded. Make sure that sharp edges of the profile are
rounded by grinding.
Reinforcement in the shape of tubes should be fitted to plate
material in a way that all parts are accessible for coating,
both during new fabrication and maintenance painting.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 29/338
COATINGS page 9/13
SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM – CORROSION
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
scattered corroded area x 10 or the
localised corroded area x 2.
Re3 and below Re3 = spotrepair.
above Re3 = total area to be repaired.
The photos illustrating some degrees
of rusting are a reduction in size. In
practice the original European scale
of degree of rusting should be used
European scale of degree of rusting ISO 4628/3 ASTM D610
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
– Salt contamination. Check and if still present, wash with fresh water.
– Pinholes, porous film or damages. Feather off edges of damages.
– Deterioration. Abrade thoroughly.
– Mill-scale or remnants of rust. Abrade or blast clean mill scaled or rusty areas.
– Grit inclusions. Remove by chipping or abrading.
– Pitting. Investigate the cause. Pitting should be grinded and
filled. It is impossible to coat pittings totally by spray
application and sometimes even not by brush.
– Too low dry film thickness. Upgrade dft of maintenance system.
– Aggressive chemicals/solvents. Stop splash and spillage or change paint system.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 30/338
COATINGS page 10/13
No. 8 No. 6
SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM – CHECKING CRACKING
IDENTIFICATION
Checked or cracked areas like No.8
and higher figures = spot repair.
like No.6 and lower figures =
total area to be repaired.
The photos illustrating some degreesof checking and cracking are a
reduction in size.
In practice the original ASTM D 660
or ASTM D 661 should be used.
Intensity ratings are in accordance with ratings as per ASTM D 660 or D 661 ISO 4628/4 ISO 4628/5
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
– Hard coating on top of a soft coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.
(checking) Sometimes caused by a too short Abrade checked paint completely.
overcoating interval or by the application Adjust paint system.
of a too high film thickness.
– Hard coating on top of a soft old coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.
(cracking) Abrade cracked paint completely.
Adjust paint system.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 31/338
COATINGS
SUBSTRATE – PAINT MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM – BLISTERS
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
blistered area x 10.
Below 2,5% blisters = spot repair.
Above 2,5% blisters = total area to be
repaired.
The photos illustrating some degrees
of blistering are a reduction in size.
In practice the original ASTM
D 714-56 should be used.
Area and Density degree according to ISO 4628/2 – ASTM D 714-56
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
– Soluble salts present under or in between the Check and if still present wash with fresh water.
paintcoats.
– Cathodic over protection. Adjust CP and/or change paint system.
– Contamination or grease present under or Check, degrease and remove contamination.
between coats.
– High temperature or temperature gradient. Change paint system and/or insulate.
– Contact with chemicals, solvents and water. Take preventive measures or change paint system
(condensation)
– Too low dry film thickness Upgrade dft of maintenance system.
– Too short overcoating time or application at The conditions during maintenance should betoo low temperature. improved.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
page 11/13
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 32/338
COATINGS page 12/13
SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM – DETACHMENT
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
detached area x 2.
Below 15% detachment = spot repair.
Above 15% detachment = total area
to be repaired.
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
– Intercoat contamination within latest applied Check and remove defective paint.
system or overcoating times too long.
– Incompatibility of paint coats within latest Check specification.
applied system or with old system e.g. Change paint system.
exudation.
– Attack by aggressive solvents to old system. Change paint system.
(swelling) Remove all paint.
– Internal stresses leading to detachment from Check dft of total system.
bare steel. Too thick coat or quick temperature Remove all paint.
change see also causes blisters
– Detachment from bare steel initiated by cracks Check the extend of under creep.
and moisture. Remove defective paint.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 33/338
COATINGS page 13/13
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to beaccurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, orotherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information aredesigned for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user’s responsibility todetermine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arisingfrom loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are writtenagreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous productdevelopment.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure thatthis sheet is current prior to using the product.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 34/338
page 1 /4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime
a four page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPECTED LIFETIME OF COATING SYSTEMS
In order to select and justify a coating system, it is extremely important for the specifying engineer to have
data available describing the expected service life. The service life of a coating is related to the degree of
surface pretreatment and the exposure conditions the coating is subjected to. Only in this way it will be
possible to estimate real costs of a coating system. The service life should not be mixed up with guarantee.
SURFACE PRETREATMENT: This includes the pretreatment of old, sound, adhering coatings the
pretreatment of corroded areas and of blistered, cracked or deteriorated coatings as well as the
pretreatment of non-painted or shopprimed steel. Pretreatment by means of blastcleaning or by means of
mechanical tools should be carried out according to internationally accepted standards such as the ISOstandard 8501-01, the Japanese standard SPSS-1975, the German standard DIN 55928, part four, the
British standard BS 4232 or the American standard SSPC-Vis 1. A description of specified surface
pretreatment standards is given in information sheet 1490.
APPLICATION AND APPLICATION CONDITIONS: The pretreated surface should be kept in a condition that it
is not contaminated again. So special measures have to be taken if the work is to be executed in a polluted
or humid atmosphere. A real problem can be that build coats can not be applied by airless spray for
whatever reason. However the application of primers by brush will often be advantageous due to better
penetration and wetting of the surface with the primer.
The use of rollers for the application of primers can have drawbacks like uneven or too low dft or holidays.
The right kind of roller should be used and application should be done with sufficient pressure. Special
attention should be given to the application of paint by roller onto large surfaces under windy conditions. In
that case the paint must contain a large amount of slow evaporating solvents and should be ordered
accordingly.
Attention should also be given to sharp edges and complex shaped structures because experience shows
that the dft on such spots is only 30% of the dft on flat surfaces, so repeated stripe coating is necessary.
COATINGS: To select a correct maintenance coating system knowledge of the performance of the previous
coating system is essential. One should also know what type of paint is still present on intact areas. An
analysis of existing exposure conditions is also very important, especially when the old coating system didnot perform as had been expected. Upgrading of an existing coating system can only be considered when
the intact coatings are still adhering well and are not degraded to the extent that they cannot provide a
sound base for the maintenance coating system. If there is any doubt it is recommended to check this by
treating a small area as a test patch.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 35/338
page 2 /4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime
May 2000
ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
I Interior dry EP = Epoxy
II Interior wet PUR = Polyurethane
III Rural HS = High Solids
IV Industrial + Coastal
V Industrial (Abrasion or Impact)
min. Expected life time in years
System Surface Preparation dft µ m I II III IV V
2 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 85 8
3 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 120 10 3 3
SSPS-Pt3 120 10 5 5
4 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 150 5 5 3
SSPS-Pt3 150 7 7 5
2 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 90 10 5
3 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 150 11 6
SSPS-Pt3 150 12 9 9 7
ISO-Sa2½ 150 10 10 8
3 coat modified HS epoxy SSPS-Pt2 195 8 8 6
3 coat surface tolerant SSPS-Pt2 225 8 8 6
EP/PUR SSPS-Pt3 225 11 11 9
ISO-Sa2½ 225 12 12 10
2 coat epoxy tar SSPS-Pt2 300 5 5 4
ISO-Sa2 300 6 6 5
SSPS-Pt3 300 8 8 7
ISO-Sa2½ 300 8 8 7
1 coat flint reinforced epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 3000 8
2 coat glassflake epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 475 8 5
2 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2½ 100 8
3 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2½ 150 10 5 5
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 36/338
page 3 /4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime
May 2000
HIGH TEMPERATURE AND IMMERSION EXPOSURE
VI Heat mod = modified
VII Water
VIII Chemicals
IX Hydro Carbons
X Waste water/slurry
min. Expected life time in years
System Surface Preparation dft µ m VI VII VIII IX X
3 coat high solids epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 375 10
2 coat epoxy tar SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 7 8
3 coat epoxy tar ISO-Sa2½ 400 9 7 7
2 coat high solids epoxy SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 7 7 7
ISO-Sa2½ 350 8 8 10 7
SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 450 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 450 9
2 coat mod.solvent free epoxy SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 8
3 coat phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa3 300 9 9 10
1 coat solvent free epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 400 6 8
1 coat CSF phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 400 9 9 10
1 coat zinc silicate ISO-Sa2½ 75 8
4 coat alkyd aluminium 175° C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 110 3
3 coat epoxy 200° C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 180 3-4
1 coat silicone 450° C ISO-Sa2½ 115* 3-42 coat silicate 500° C ISO-Sa2½ 115 3-5
* including a.c. layer
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 37/338
page 4 /4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime
May 2000
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 38/338
page 1 /3
STEEL PROTECTION
4009Indication of resistance of coatingsto immersion and splash
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
GENERAL
To determine whether a system is suitable for immersion in chemicals, water, solvents or oils and fatty acids
a comparison is given of the different coating systems.
The indications are based on systems with the following characteristics.
I Sigmaguard HS system (high solids epoxy system nrs. 4073, 4080 and 4100)
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of
chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.
Not suitable for potable water and foodstuffs.
II Sigma Phenguard system (3 coat phenolic epoxy system nrs. 4076 and 4081)
Suitable for transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide
range of solvents, fatty acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and
foodstuffs.
A full resistance list is available.
III Sigmaguard EHB (2 coat high solids epoxy system nr. 4090)
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to potable water, aliphatic
and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
IV Sigmaguard CSF (solvent free epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and 4092)
Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,
crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1
airless spray.
V Sigma Novaguard/Sigma Novashield (solvent free phenolic epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and
4092)
Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,
crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1
airless spray.
VI Sigma TCN 300 (2 coat epoxy tar coating system nrs. 4070, 4091 and 4101)
Excellent resistance to water even in conjunction with cathodic protection.
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to crude oil and waste
water.
VII Sigma Silguard MC (one coat zinc ethyl silicate system nr. 4083)
Suitable for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited
due to the zinc pigment.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 39/338
page 2 /3
STEEL PROTECTION
4009Indication of resistance of coatingsto immersion and splash
May 2000
I Sigma Phenguard primer – Sigmaguard HS 4073-4080-4100II Sigma Phenguard primer – coating - finish 4076-4081
III 2 x Sigmaguard EHB 4090
IV (Sigmarite sealer) – Sigmaguard CSF 4071-4082-4092
V Sigma Novaguard/ 4071-4082-4092
Sigma Novashield
VI (Sigmacover primer) – 2x Sigma TCN 300 4070-4091-4101
VII Sigma Silguard MC 4083
I II III IV V VI VII
demineralised water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++freshwater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++seawater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++sewage water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ –industrial waste water +++ ++ + – ++ – –
crude oil (up to 70° C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++aliphatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++aromatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++lubrication oil (up to 70° C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – ++
toluene, xylene +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++
glycols +++ +++ + – + – –aggressive solvents ++ +++ + – – – +++
styrene +++ +++ ++ – – – –monomers ++ +++ – – – – –
animal and vegetable oils +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++ –(up to 70° C)fatty acids (up to 60° C) +++ +++ – – + – –
low molecular organic acids + – – – – – –inorganic acids ++ + + – – + –
sodium or potassium hydroxide +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ –(up to 50% and 60° C)sodium hydroxide (20%, 60° C) ++sodium hydroxide (1%, 40° C) ++ammonia (up to 25%) +++ +++ – – +++ – –amines – + – – – – ++
+++ = suitable for continuous immersion
++ = under restrictions suitable for temporary immersion
+ = only for temporary contact (splash and spillage)
– = not suitable
For more detailed information about chemical resistance at a certain temperature or concentration Sigma
Coatings should be contacted.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 40/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 41/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4010Internal dry exposureAlkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.Relative humidity below 60%.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen, and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – intact areas, to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas;– galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination androughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZPin a dft of 35 µ m/1.4 mils
– steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZPin a dft of 35 µ m/1.4 mils
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced bySigmaferro semigloss
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for steel,galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel tomin. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sandpapering
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 µ m/2.0 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced bySigmaferro Semigloss
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO-St30 - SPSS - Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µ m/2.4 milsSigmasteel QD finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 42/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4010Internal dry exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 43/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 44/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4020Internal wet exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µm/2.4 mils
Sigmasteel QD 50 µm/2.0 mils
Sigmasteel QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 45/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 46/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4021Internal wet exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction especially suitablefor in-shop application
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steelline 85 µm/3.4 milsSigmadur gloss 75 µm/3.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced bySigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456Sigmacover CM primer see product data sheet 7412Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 47/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4022Internal wet exposureAcrylic dispersion system
a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion andepoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – intact areas, to be roughened– damaged and rusty areas;
– galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination androughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmetal mioprimerin a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
– steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigmetal constructionin a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction, suitablefor steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steelto min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminiumby sand papering
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 milsnote – acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain
sufficient drying conditions– on galvanized steel or aluminium Sigmetal mioprimer should be used
instead of Sigmetal construction
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 48/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4022Internal wet exposure
Acrylic dispersion system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction
pretreatment steel: redusted to ISO Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µm/2.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µm/2.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmetal mioprimer see product data sheet 7145Sigmetal construction see product data sheet 7149
Sigmetal finish see product data sheet 7251Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 49/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4024Internal wet exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system
for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 µ m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 100 µ m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 50/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4024Internal wet exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 51/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4030Rural atmospheric exposureAlkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmaferro primer ZP in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils+
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced
by Sigmaferro semigloss
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, not suitable for
galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro semigloss
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 52/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4030Rural atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µm/2.4 mils
Sigmasteel QD 50 µm/2.0 mils
Sigmasteel QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 53/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4031Rural atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and polyurethane paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmacover
aluprimer in a dft of75 µm/3.0 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a
dft of 75 µm/3.0 mils
paint system Sigmacover CM coating 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new
construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmacover CM coating 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss
– a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed withSigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 54/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4031Rural atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steelline 100 µm/4.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 µm/2.0 mils
Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss (75 µm/3 mils)
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma Coatings,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of
our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial
skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting
from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure that this sheet is
current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 55/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4032Rural atmospheric exposureAcrylic dispersion system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigmetal
construction in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened and primed
Sigmetal mioprimer in a dft of 50 µ m/2 mils
paint system Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair, suitable for steel, galvanized
steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system,
derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanized steel
and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
note for galvanized steel and aluminium Sigmetal construction should be
replaced by Sigmetal mioprimer
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 56/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 57/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 µ m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 58/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 59/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 µ m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 60/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 61/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 62/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4040Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd system for new construction, especially suitable forin-shop application
pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO St3– shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmaferro QD 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmaferro QD finish 50 µm/2.0 milsSigmaferro QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of thesystem to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234Sigmaferro selfcleaning white see product data sheet 7237Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 63/338
Page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
a three page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemicalpollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require considerationregarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due tosulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an averagesulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spraywill accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of morethan 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas andspot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium (see note 1)
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination– intact areas; to be roughened– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed withSigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigmacover CM coating 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HSsemigloss
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 64/338
Page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or new construction,suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 androughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmacover CM coating 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed withSigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer
– Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss orSigmadur HS semigloss
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction, especiallysuitable for in-shop application
pretreatment – Steel: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3– Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steeline 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigma EP steeline 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils
notes – Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by Sigmadur HB finish orSigmadur HS semigloss
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 65/338
Page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigma EP steeline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 66/338
page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 67/338
page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
notes – galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray
SPECIFICATION 3: High solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment – Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
– Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 milsSigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 68/338
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 69/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4050Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactSolvent free flint reinforced epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall-out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air. Additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelarate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be completely removed. For
maximum performance the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free, flint reinforced epoxy system with an excellent resistance to
impact and abrasion suitable for total repair and new construction
suitable for steel (galvanized steel)
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, profile roughness
(Rz) 75-100 µ m/3-4 mils
paint system Sigmacover Armour Compound 3000 µ m/120 mils
notes – Sigmacover Armour Compound can be applied on galvanized steel, but
this will occur only occasionally
– to obtain roughness the galvanizing layer will be removed partially
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 70/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4050 Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactSolvent free flint reinforced epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
Sigmacover Armour Compound.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover Armour Compound see product data sheet 7490
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 71/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4051Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactHigh solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out.The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 µ g per m³ air.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of morethan 12 mg per litre rain.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be removed completely. For
maximum performance the surface should be blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system with an improved
resistance to abrasion and impact suitable for total repair or new
construction
suitable for steel (galvanized steel and aluminium)
pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, profile roughness
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
– galvanized steel and aluminium; blast cleaned with inert grit to an even
flat appearance is obtained profile roughness
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system Sigmacover primer 75 µ m/ 3.0 mils
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 400 µ m/16.0 mils
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 72/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4051 Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactHigh solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake see product data sheet 7447Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 73/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4060High temperature resistant alkyd paint systemTemperature up to 175° C / 350° F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd system for temperatures up to 175° C/350° F suitable for total repair
or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of silicone and silicate paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting by blast cleaning to
ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils
Sigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils
Sigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged andremoved completely.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 74/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4060High temperature resistant alkyd paint systemTemperature up to 175°C / 350°F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro aluminium see product data sheet 7264
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 75/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4061High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint systemTemperature up to 350° C / 660° C
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater
importance than the general atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be
considered.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: silicate/acrylic system for temperatures up to 350° C / 660 ° F suitable for
total repair or new construction
compatible with silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by blast
cleaning to
ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using discs with rough abrasive
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmatherm silacryl 30 µ m/1.2 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 76/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4061High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint systemTemperature up to 350°C / 660°F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558
Sigmatherm silacyl see product data sheet 7565
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 77/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4062High temperature resistant epoxy systemTemperature up to 200° C / 390° F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy system resistant to industrial pollution and temperatures up to
200° C/390° F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and silicate paint
not on top of silicone paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel or
roughening of galvanized steel by blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc
sanding to SPSS-Pt3
– to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within somehours of the metal spraying
– contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water
cleaned to remove contamination the surface must be dry before
painting
paint system Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils
note light shades may discolour above 130° C
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 78/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4062High temperature resistant epoxy systemTemperature up to 200°C / 390°F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 79/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4063High temperature resistant silicone systemTemperature up to 450° C / 840° F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: silicone system to seal aluminium sprayed metal and zinc sprayed metal
for temperatures up to 450° C/840° F suitable for total repair or new
construction
not on top of alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
suitable for aluminium sprayed steel, zinc sprayed steel and zinc silicate primers
not suitable for steel
pretreatment – to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some
hours of the metal spraying
– contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure watercleaned to remove contamination
– the surface must be dry before painting
paint system Sigmatherm siloxane 35 µ m/1.4 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 80/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4063High temperature resistant silicone systemTemperature up to 450°C / 840°F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmatherm siloxane see product data sheet 7563
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 81/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4064High temperature resistant silicate systemTemperature up to 400° C / 750° F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: full silicate system for temperatures up to 400° C/750° F suitable for total
repair or new construction
compatible with suitable silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using
discs with rough abrasive
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 µ m/3.0 mils
Sigmatherm silicate 40 µ m/1.6 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 82/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4064High temperature resistant silicate systemTemperature up to 400°C / 750°F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmatherm silicate see product data sheet 7555
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 83/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4070Immersion in waterEpoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/160° F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µ m/3 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 µ m/5.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 125 µ m/5.0 mils
notes – for health reasons this system should not be used for the storage of
potable water for consumption
– when cathodic protection or high temperatures are applied the
pretreatment must be improved to ISO-Sa2½ or SSPS-Pt3 locally
SPECIFICATION 2: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/160° F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µ m/3 mils
may be used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 84/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4070Immersion in waterEpoxy tar system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy tar system for new construction
pretreatment – Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
– Steel with approved zinc silicate shopprimer; power tool cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3 or sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss. Weldseams, burned and rusty
areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µm/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µm/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
may be used
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 85/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4071Immersion in water or subsoil conditionsSolvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free (modified) epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair, resistant to cathodic protection
compatible with epoxy-, polyurethane-, epoxy tar paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be used in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 µ m/12.0 mils
notes – if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used
– for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used
instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)
– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free (modified) epoxy system for a total repair or new construction,
resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F
pretreatment – after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or
SPSS-Pt3 (locally)
– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer may be used in a dft
of 75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 µ m/12.0 mils
notes – if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used
– for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used
instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)
– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 86/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4071Immersion in water or subsoil conditionsSolvent free epoxy system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for new construction, resistant to cathodic protection or
temperatures up to 70°C/ 158 °F
pretreatment Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Novashield 450 µm/18.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443
Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744
Sigmaguard CSF 85 see product data sheet 7785
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Certificates for potable water see information sheet 1882
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 87/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4072Immersion in waterHigh solids tar free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water (in conjunction with or) without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids tar free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot
repair, resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paintand contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 and
primed with Sigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 125 µ m/5 mils
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids tar free epoxy system for total repair, resistant to cathodic
protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note – the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 µ m/3 mils can be used
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids tar free epoxy system for new construction, resistant tocathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note – if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 µ m/3 mils can be used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 88/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4072Immersion in waterHigh solids tar free epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 89/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4073Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)High solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splash zone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair of
e.g. buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets
ASTM G8) or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F; resistant to immersion and
splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
and primed with Sigmarite sealer in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
paint system Sigmaguard HS 400 µ m/16.0 mils
notes – complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS with
a dft of 200 µ m/8 mils each
– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction of e.g.
buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets ASTM
G8) or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 µ m/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 400 µ m/16.0 mils
notes – complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS witha dft of 200 µ m/8 mils each
– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 90/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4073Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)High solids epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 91/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4076Immersion in hot waterPhenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Non-saline water: hot water applicable to e.g. water tanks, storage
tanks and domestic water systems.
Sea water: hot sea and other saline waters.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Protection against hot water by a coating system is in fact very critical. Only the combination of very good
pretreatment, correct film thicknesses, good curing and optimal ventilation after application of the coating
will give the desired protection against the influence of hot water. Good surface preparation is essential if
good performance of hot water resistant systems is to be achieved.
A pitted corroded surface, impurities in the protective coating or bad workmanship will result in failures.
In service the steel substrate should have about the same temperature as the hot water itself in order to
avoid blistering (as a result of the cold wall effect). Equipment, tank or vessel must therefore be sheltered
against cold wind and/or insulated adequately to reduce heat transfer through the steel wall plus coating
system.
Application of the paints must be done very carefully, avoiding excess thickness, avoiding solvent trapping
and maintaining good ventilation and curing conditions throughout the application process. (See sheet 1434).
Forced curing by means of hot water of 60° C or by means of hot air will give definitely better results and is
strongly recommended.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to
hot water (100° C/210° F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard coating 100 µ m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard finish 100 µ m/4.0 mils
notes – spot repair can be made using same system
– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
– the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 92/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4076Immersion in hot waterPhenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 2: mio epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to hotwater (100°C/210°F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel by means of blast cleaning to min.
ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-75 µm/1.6-3.0 mils
paint system Sigmarite sealer green 80 µm/3.2 mils
Sigmarite sealer grey 80 µm/3.2 mils
Sigmarite sealer green 80 µm/3.2 mils
notes – spot repairs can be made using same system
– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 93/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4080Immersion in chemicalsHigh solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies. Application areas:
storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a
wide range of chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.
Not suitable for storage of potable water and foodstuffs.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new constrcution; resistant to
immersion and splash as indicated by data in sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/ 4.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 250 µ m/10.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 94/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4080Immersion in chemicalsHigh solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 95/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4081Immersion in chemicalsPhenolic epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies
Application areas: transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment
continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of solvents, fatty
acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and
foodstuffs. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list; for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to at least ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 milsSigma Phenguard coating 100 µ m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard finish 100 µ m/4.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 96/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4081Immersion in chemicalsPhenolic epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 97/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4082Immersion in chemicalsSolvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spotrepair.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
resistant to immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet
4009
pretreatment – if an old paint system is present, high pressure water cleaning and
complete removal
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 µ m/16.0 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 400 µ m/16.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied in a
dft of 50 µm/2 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 98/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4082Immersion in chemicalsSolvent free epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443
Sigma Novaguard see product data sheet 7453
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 99/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4083Immersion in chemicalsZinc ethyl silicate system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, specifically solvents.
Application areas: for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance
to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited due to the zinc pigment. A full
resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged
SPECIFICATION 1: zinc ethyl silicate system for a total repair or new construction; resistant
to immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list, for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system Sigma Silguard MC 75 µ m/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 100/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4083Immersion in chemicalsZinc ethyl silicate system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Silguard MC see product data sheet 7551
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 101/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 102/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4090Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
High solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard EHB see product data sheet 7433
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 103/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4091Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilEpoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to crude oil and (waste) water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for crude
oil, resistant to temperatures up to 70° C/160° F
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2½
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 µ m/5.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 125 µ m/5.0 mils
note in contact with refined petroleum products leaching of coal tar can be
expected
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 104/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4091Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilEpoxy tar system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 105/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4092Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilSolvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to alifatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited
range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
suitable for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70° C/160° F
pretreatment – if an old paint system is present complete removal of the sytem is
required after high pressure water cleaning
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 µ m/16.0 mils
notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigma Novaguad could be applied
– more detailed information with regards to protection of tank bottoms
can be found in separate manual
– if a holding primer is required Sigma Phenguard primer should be used
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70° C/160° F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 µ m/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard CSF 500 µ m/20.0 mils
notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigmaguard CSF could be applied
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 106/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 107/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4100Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, with pH between 2 and 10 and where abrasion can
be expected
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable forwaste water of pH 2-10 and abrasion resistant to slurries of waste water
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steelto ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µ m/ 2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 milsSigmaguard HS 150 µ m/6.0 milsSigmaguard HS 150 µ m/6.0 mils
notes – to prevent severe pitting if exposed to acidic water, the coating systemshould be checked for pinholes and holidays and repaired according to
this specification– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system
The following parameters can be usedFor hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 108/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4100Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 109/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4101Immersion in waste water and slurryEpoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste
water and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2½
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of
50 µm/2 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note to prevent severe pitting when exposed to acidic water the quality of the
coating system should be checked on pinholes and holidays and repaired
according to this specification
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 110/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4101Immersion in waste water and slurryEpoxy tar system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 111/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4102Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids tar free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy tar free system for a total repair or new construction,
suitable for waste water and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note – the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer 75 µ m/3.0 mils can
be used
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 112/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4102Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids tar free epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 113/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4103Immersion in waste water and slurrySolvent free phenolic epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks anddomestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: Solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste water
and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Novashield 450 µm/18.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 114/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4103Immersion in waste water and slurrySolvent free phenolic epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 115/338
page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
Application areas: all steel surfaces exposed to internal, rural, industrial polluted, sea and
coastal, water immersed and waste water immersed conditions.
GENERAL ASPECTS
Cleaning of steel by means of water (abrasive) blast cleaning has become widely accepted and is particularly
being used in the protective coating industry including offshore constructions.
The advantages of these cleaning techniques are:
– avoidance of spark hazard– reduction of dust
– removal of water soluble salts
– removal of deteriorated paints, layer by layer if the intercoat adhesion is bad
– roughening and cleaning of existing intact paint systems
– operational in unfavourable weather conditions
After the water (abrasive) blast cleaning process the substrate is contaminated with a wet sludge which can
be best removed as long as the sludge is still wet, by rinsing with fresh water.
In order to prevent flash rusting, Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor should be added to the water used in the blasting
process and certainly must be added to the rinsing water.
The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.
SURFACE PRETREATMENT
Wet blasting and cleaning techniques
Some examples of these techniques are given below, not pretending to be complete. New developments
with wet blasting methods are presented regularly, improving the efficiency and reducing the amount of
water or grit.
– Low pressure water abrasive blast cleaning
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²
Water consumption = 90-300 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 116/338
page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces
May 2000
– Low pressure humidified abrasive blast cleaning
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²
Water consumption = 5-60 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.
– Very high pressure water cleaning
Pressure = 700-900 kg/cm²
Water consumption = up to 4000 l/hour
Cleaning speed = up to 5 m² /hour depending on material to be removed
Result: the steel profile remains unchanged after removal of the old paint system.
– steam cleaning
Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm²
Water consumption = 750-800 l/hour
Result: cleaning technique with the advantage that the wet substrate dries faster
Corrosion Inhibition
The (blast) cleaned surface should stay free from flash rust during some hours after completion, therefore
suitable corrosion inhibitors should be added to the water.
The use of an inhibitor should not lead to osmotic effects (blistering - loss of adhesion). Sigma Wet Blast
Inhibitor does not show any adverse effects.
Depending on the working conditions it is recommended to use approx. 0,1 % of the inhibitor for the blasting
process and approx 0,5 % for the rinsing process. Normal interval before priming is within 8 hours.
PRIMER FOR CLEANED DAMP STEEL
If the substrate is to be primed immediately after water abrasive blast cleaning, surplus water droplets
should be removed by blowing oil free compressed air over the surface.
The water displacing action of a coating applied to a damp surface takes time as the water not only has to
be displaced but also to be transported through the paint film before it can evaporate.
Thicker coats can absorb more water than thinner coats and also will dry slower so that the water displacing
action is extended over a longer period.
Therefore in the system specification a minimum and a maximum dry film thickness are stated.
The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.
These properties are combined in Sigmacover primer.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 117/338
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces
May 2000
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION FOR DAMP STEEL SURFACES
SPECIFICATION 1 priming of cleaned - damp steel
pretreatment water (abrasive) blast cleaning
bare steel and coated steel; cleaned to ISO-Sa2½,
profile roughness (Rz) 35-50 µm/1.4-2 mils recommended is to use fresh
water with approx. 0,1% Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor
rinsing
remove wet sludge,use fresh water with approx. 0,5 % Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor
removal of water droplets
remove water droplets by means of oil free compressed air
paint system Sigmacover primer 60 µm/2.4 mils
continue with specified system
note an inhibitor concentration of up to 1% may be necessary when rinsing
takes place under very aggressive atmospheric conditions
Conditions to assure a good quality of the protective coating system:
– Avoid large amounts of water being present on the surface.
– "Damp" means free from droplets or pools of water.
– Steel temperature should be above 0°C
– High relative humidity does not affect the primer, provided condensation does not take place.
– The blasting profile obtained should meet the specification.
– For wet or immersed exposure conditions Sigmacover primer must be used.
– If the surface is dried completely any specified paint system can be applied.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 118/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4112System for special conditionsZinc silicate primed steel
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its excellent anticorrosive properties, zinc silicate primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc silicate primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc silicate primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.
SPECIFICATION 1: system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicateprimer, followed by an epoxy build coat
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2
SPECIFICATION 2: system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicateprimer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a recoatable
polyurethane finish
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 100 µ m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HS
semigloss
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 119/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4112System for special conditionsZinc silicate primed steel
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 see product data sheet 7560
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Quality aspects of zinc silicate application and topcoating see information sheet 1706Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 120/338
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4113System for special conditionsZinc epoxy primed steel
a two page issue May 2000
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemicalpollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its good anticorrosive properties, zinc epoxy primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc epoxy primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc epoxy primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with arecoatable polyurethane finish
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 µ m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB semigloss can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 121/338
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4113System for special conditionsZinc epoxy primed steel
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover HS zinc primer see product data sheet 7702
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 122/338
page 1/4
1410
CONVERSION TABLES
a four page issue October 1999
revision of 5-1997
GENERAL
1 atmosphere = 14.223 lb/sq.in.
1 foot = 0.305 metre
1 Imp. gallon = 4.546 litres
1 litre = 0.220 Imp. gallon
1 litre = 0.264 US gallon
1 metre = 3.281 feet
1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre
1 sq. metre = 10.765 sq. feet
1 US gallon = 3.785 litres1 yard = 0.915 metre
1 metre = 1.0936 yard
degree C = 5/9 x (degree F - 32)
degree F = 9/5 x degree C + 32
PRESSURE
(kg/cm²) (p.s.i.) (kg/cm²) (p.s.i.)
atmosphere lb/sq.in. atmosphere lb/sq.in.
(bar) (bar)
100 1420
1 14.2 110 1560
2 28.4 120 1710
3 42.7 130 1850
4 56.9 140 1990
5 71.1 150 21306 85.3 160 2280
7 99.6 170 2420
8 113.8 180 2560
9 128.0 190 2700
10 142.2 200 2840
VOLUME
1 Imperial gallon = 4.55 litre
= 1.2 US gallons
1 litre = 0.22 Imperial gallon
= 0.26 US gallon
1 US gallon = 3.79 litre
= 0.83 Imperial gallon
litres Imperial US gallons
gallons
1 0.22 0.26
2 0.44 0.53
3 0.66 0.79
4 0.88 1.06
5 1.10 1.32
6 1.32 1.58
7 1.54 1.85
8 1.76 2.11
9 1.98 2.38
10 2.20 2.64
15 3.30 3.96
20 4.40 5.28
50 11.00 13.21
100 22.00 26.42
DRY FILM THICKNESS
mi- mi- mi- mi-
crons crons crons crons
(µm) mils (µm) mils (µm) mils (µm) mils
8 0.3 105 4.2 205 8.2 305 12.2
10 0.4 110 4.4 210 8.4 310 12.4
15 0.6 115 4.6 215 8.6 315 12.6
20 0.8 120 4.8 220 8.8 320 12.8
25 1.0 125 5.0 225 9.0 325 13.0
30 1.2 130 5.2 230 9.2 330 13.2
35 1.4 135 5.4 235 9.4 335 13.4
40 1.6 140 5.6 240 9.6 340 13.6
45 1.8 145 5.8 245 9.8 345 13.8
50 2.0 150 6.0 250 10.0 350 14.055 2.2 155 6.2 255 10.2 355 14.2
60 2.4 160 6.4 260 10.4 360 14.4
65 2.6 165 6.6 265 10.6 365 14.6
70 2.8 170 6.8 270 10.8 370 14.8
75 3.0 175 7.0 275 11.0 375 15.0
80 3.2 180 7.2 280 11.2 380 15.2
85 3.4 185 7.4 285 11.4 385 15.4
90 3.6 190 7.6 290 11.6 390 15.6
95 3.8 195 7.8 295 11.8 395 15.8
100 4.0 200 8.0 300 12.0 400 16.0
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 123/338
page 2/4
1410 CONVERSION TABLES
October 1999
SPREADING RATE
Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./
Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal
1.0 49 41 5.0 244 203 9.0 440 366
1.1 54 45 5.1 249 208 9.1 445 370
1.2 59 49 5.2 254 212 9.2 450 374
1.3 64 53 5.3 259 216 9.3 455 378
1.4 68 57 5.4 264 220 9.4 460 383
1.5 73 61 5.5 269 224 9.5 464 387
1.6 78 65 5.6 274 228 9.6 469 3911.7 83 69 5.7 279 232 9.7 474 395
1.8 88 73 5.8 284 236 9.8 479 399
1.9 93 77 5.9 288 240 9.9 484 403
2.0 98 81 6.0 293 244 10.0 490 405
2.1 103 85 6.1 298 248 10.5 515 425
2.2 108 89 6.2 303 252 11.0 540 450
2.3 112 94 6.3 308 256 11.5 560 470
2.4 117 98 6.4 313 260 12.0 585 490
2.5 122 102 6.5 318 265 12.5 610 510
2.6 127 106 6.6 323 269 13.0 635 530
2.7 132 110 6.7 328 273 13.5 660 5502.8 137 114 6.8 332 277 14.0 685 570
2.9 142 118 6.9 337 281 14.5 710 590
3.0 147 122 7.0 342 285 15.0 735 610
3.1 152 126 7.1 347 289 15.5 760 630
3.2 156 130 7.2 352 293 16.0 780 650
3.3 161 134 7.3 357 297 16.5 805 670
3.4 166 138 7.4 362 301 17.0 830 690
3.5 171 142 7.5 367 305 17.5 855 710
3.6 176 146 7.6 372 309 18.0 880 735
3.7 181 151 7.7 376 313 18.5 905 755
3.8 186 155 7.8 381 317 19.0 930 775
3.9 191 159 7.9 386 321 19.5 955 795
4.0 196 163 8.0 391 325 20.0 980 815
4.1 200 167 8.1 396 330 20.5 1000 835
4.2 205 171 8.2 401 334 21.0 1025 855
4.3 210 175 8.3 406 338 21.5 1050 875
4.4 215 179 8.4 411 342 22.0 1075 895
4.5 220 183 8.5 416 346 22.5 1100 915
4.6 225 187 8.6 420 350 23.0 1125 935
4.7 230 191 8.7 425 354 23.5 1150 955
4.8 235 195 8.8 430 358 24.0 1175 9754.9 240 199 8.9 435 362 24.5 1200 995
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 124/338
page 3/4
1410 CONVERSION TABLES
October 1999
VISCOSITY
DIN Ford Afnor B.S. DIN Ford Afnor B.S.
cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4 cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4
15 15 17 19 44 53 56 60
16 17 18 20 46 55 59 63
17 18 20 22 48 58 62 66
18 19 21 23 50 60 64 69
19 21 23 25 55 67 71 75
20 22 24 26 60 73 78 82
21 23 25 28 65 79 84 8922 25 27 29 70 86 91 96
23 26 28 31 75 92 97 105
24 28 30 32 80 98 104 109
25 29 31 33 85 104 110 116
26 30 32 34 90 111 117 123
27 31 34 36 95 117 124 130
28 33 35 37 100 123 130 138
29 34 36 38 110 136 144 152
30 35 38 40 120 148 157 166
32 38 40 43 130 160 171 180
34 40 43 46 140 173 184 19436 43 46 49 150 185 197 207
38 45 48 52 160 198 210 221
40 48 51 54 170 210 224 235
42 51 54 57 180 223 237 249
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 125/338
page 4/4
CONVERSION TABLES
October 1999
TEMPERATURE °C = ( °F - 32 ) x 5/9
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–10 14.0 8 46.4 32 90 95 203
– 9 15.8 9 48.2 34 93 100 212
– 8 17.6 10 50.0 36 97 110 230
– 7 19.4 11 51.8 38 100 120 248
– 6 21.2 12 53.6 40 104 130 266
– 5 23.0 13 55.4 42 108 140 284
– 4 24.8 14 57.2 44 111 150 302
– 3 26.6 15 59.0 46 115 160 320– 2 28.4 16 60.8 48 118 170 338
– 1 30.2 17 62.6 50 122 180 356
0 32.0 18 64.4 55 131 190 374
1 33.8 19 66.2 60 140 200 392
2 35.6 20 68.0 65 149 250 482
3 37.4 22 72.0 70 158 300 572
4 39.2 24 75.0 75 167 350 662
5 41.0 26 79.0 80 176 400 752
6 42.8 28 82.0 85 185 450 842
7 44.6 30 86.0 90 194 500 932
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 126/338
page 1/7
1411
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
a seven page issue January 2000
revision of 5-1997
GENERAL
For ease of reference figures are usually stated in one unit only. Equivalents are given in the conversion
tables. See sheet 1410 Conversion tables.
All values are given for temperature of 20°C (68°F) and relative humidity of 70%, unless stated otherwise.
GLOSS
With a ‘Lange’ gloss gauge 5 ranges of gloss have been determined, compared with a standard sheet of
black polished glass. The gloss values are determined according to ISO 2813 (= NEN 2813 = ASTM D-523,
DIN 67530).
The expressions used in the data sheets are:
Flat corresponds with 0- 15% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)
Eggshell corresponds with 15- 30% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)
Semi-gloss corresponds with 30- 60% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)
Gloss corresponds with 60- 80% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)
High-gloss corresponds with 80-100% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°, at 20° angle above 70%)
MICACEOUS IRON OXIDE AND/OR ALUMINIUM CONTAINING PAINTS
Micaceous iron oxide and/or aluminium containing paints show different appearance and colour impression
depending on thickness and application method. A touch-up by brushing may be visible on a sprayed area.
SHELF LIFE
The period from the date of manufacture during which the paint can be transported and stored in
undamaged and unopened packing at temperatures between 10-30°C, without any influence on the
application or performance of the paint.
After exceeding this period the paint is subject to reinspection.
Water-borne products must be protected from freezing at all times during storage.
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
see sheet 1490 – Cleaning of steel and removal of rust
see sheet 1650 – Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature
see also sheets – 1492 and 1493 (for pipes and fittings)
FULL CURE
‘Full cure’ means, that the properties of a paint as described in the product data sheet are achieved (suitable
for service). However, in case of dry bulk carriage an extra curing time may be required before the coating
has reached its full mechanical strength and is suitable for carriage of hard angular cargoes
FLASH POINT
Is determined for paints according to ISO 1523 (= DIN 53213 = ASTM D-3278, corresponding to Sigma
method SM 311-41)
For thinners the flashpoint is determined according to DIN 51755 (corresponding to Sigma method
SM 311-42) or calculated.See also sheet 1431 - Safety in confined spaces and health safety.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 127/338
page 2/7
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
OVERCOATING TABLEThe data given is a fair indication for normal conditions, longer drying times are necessary at lower
temperatures and under unfavourable weather and/or ventilation conditions and higher dry film thicknesses.
For epoxy coatings the minimum curing time for the recommended dft is given in the data sheets.
For average dfts 50% higher, the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 1,5 and for average dfts
100% higher the multiplication factor is 2,5.
TOUCH DRY
The touch dry time corresponds with the tack free time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01). The touch dry time will be influenced by dft, ventilation
conditions and substrate temperature.
DRY TO HANDLE
The dry to handle time corresponds with the dry-through time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01) and indicates the time when walking over is possible.
The dry-to-handle time will be influenced by dft, ventilation conditions and substrate temperature and should
not be necessarily interpreted as ready for transportation due to the likelihood of excessive damage.
DRY FILM THICKNESS (dft) / WET FILM THICKNESS (wft)
The dry film thickness can be calculated from the applied wet film thickness:
dft = wft x % volume solids wft = dft x 100100 % volume solids
Recommended dft
The dry film thickness for a paint system indicated in our system sheets is the recommended dft for the
specific exposure conditions.
Dft specifications referred to herein are valid for the coatings and coating systems in this manual unless
mentioned otherwise in the respective product and system sheets.
Minimum dft for application
The minimum dft of a paint system (also a one coat system) should follow the 90/10 rule (e.g. 90% of therecommended dft is acceptable for up to 10% of the readings only), whilst for individual coats the
minimum dft should not be lower than 80% of the recommended dft, and must form a closed film.
Maximum dft for application - General
Application of a paint at thicknesses in excess of the dft recommended on the product data sheet may result
in performance problems. Such problems include solvent retention and a reduction in cohesive strength in
association with certain types of topcoat.
In a coating system, the dft of a primer is of the utmost importance. In general, Sigma Coatings would
restrict the dft of any primer to 1.5 times that specified on the product data sheet.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 128/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 129/338
page 4/7
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
SOLIDS CONTENT BY VOLUMEThis value is given in the product data sheet. It can be determined by a laboratory test, Sigma method 314-
10 corresponding to ISO method 3233 (= ASTM method D 2697 = DIN 53219, NEN 5346) or calculated from
the formulation.
The calculated theoretical solids content by volume is in general lower than the determined solids content by
volume. The latter approximates best to practice, assuming that the table for spreading rate losses is used
correctly.
TOLERANCES
Values given for specific gravity, theoretical spreading rate and solids content are averages from standard
production batches; these values can vary slightly, also for colours of one product.
VENTILATION
For more information, see the following data sheets:
1430 Safety indications
1431 Safety in confined spaces and health safety, explosion hazard - toxic hazard
1434 Directives for ventilation practice
Adequate ventilation during application and curing of the coating is not only required for health and safety
reasons but also to ensure that the coating gives optimal performance.
Stagnant air/high vapour concentrations in confined spaces must be avoided. Forced ventilation will help to
avoid high vapour concentrations and possible solvent entrapment in the coating which may produce atemporary plasticising effect. Ventilation with cold, humid air in the drying stage should be avoided.
Also avoid ventilation with heated air during the wet film forming stage as this approach may give skinning
and increased solvent entrapment.
THEORETICAL SPREADING RATE
The theoretical spreading rate m²/l for a given dry film thickness can be calculated from:
m²/l = % volume solids x 10
dry film thickness (in µm)
PRACTICAL SPREADING RATEThe practical spreading rate depends on a number of factors:
surface condition and profile, application method, normal, high build or solvent-free paint, skill of labour and
weather conditions. It is often estimated at about 70 % of the theoretical spreading rate but under many
conditions this is still far too high. For calculation purposes the following table has been composed in which
spreading rate LOSSES are compiled.
Substrates like wood and concrete are not included because they present too many other variable factors,
especially in the preparation, the filling of pores, etc.
RECOMMENDED THINNERS
This product must only be thinned using the recommended Sigma thinners. The use of alternative thinners,
particularly these containing alcohols, can severely inhibit the curing mechanism of certain coating typesand will influence the performance.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 130/338
page 5/7
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
ESTIMATED LOSSES IN PERCENTAGES ALL FIGURES ± 10 DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES (AS GUIDE ONLY)
BARE STEEL/FIRST COAT 4) COATED STEEL/NEXT COAT
NEW OLD NEW OLD
Type of surface and blast-cleaned derusted including due for
application method A-B-C C St 3 / D shop primer maintenance
ISO-Sa2½ ISO-Sa2½
inside outside inside outside inside outside inside outside
LARGE 1) airless spray 30 40 40 50 25 35 35 45air-spray 40 50 50 60 35 45 45 55
roller 35 35 40 40 30 30 40 40
SMALL 2) airless spray 45 55 55 65 40 50 50 60
air-spray 50 60 65 65 45 55 60 60
roller-brush 25 25 25 30 20 20 30 30
FRAME- airless spray 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
WORK 3) brush 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30
1) LARGE SURFACES : hull, decks, deckhouses, tanks, holds
2) SMALL SURFACES : masts, water ways, machinery, structural steel and complex structures
3) FRAMEWORK : ladders, piping and railings
4) PRIMERS : consumption of first coat is always higher than for subsequent coats because of the steel profile
Estimation of volume of paint necessary for a paint job can be calculated from:
10 x A x DFT = Q
VS x (100-W) EXAMPLE
Q = quantity in litre Q = to be calculated
A = area in m² A = 1000 m²
DFT = dry film thickness DFT = 100 µm
VS = % volume solids (see data sheet) VS = 50%W = estimated losses (see table) W = 40%
Q = 10 x 1000 x 100 = 333 ltr.
50 x (100-40)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 131/338
page 6/7
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
NOZZLE ORIFICE AND SPRAY ANGLEIn the product data sheets only the recommended orifice is stated. The choice of the spray angle depends
very much on the practical situation. The table below compares orifice and angle with the corresponding
codes of various manufacturers.
ATLAS
ORIFICE ANGLE COPCO BINKS DE VILBISS GRACO/WIWA LINCOLN
0,007 ″ 40° 740 9-0740 JAC 46 163-407
0,009 ″ 40° 940 9-0940 JAC 25 163-409 68628-18
0,009 ″ 65° 163-609
0,011 ″ 25° 1125 9-1130 JAC 26 163-211 68628-14
0,011 ″ 40° 1140 9-1140 JAC 28 163-411
0,011 ″ 65° 1165 JAC 37 163-611 68628-10
0,013 ″ 25° 1325 9-1330 JAC 27 163-213 68628-16
0,013 ″ 50° 1350 9-1350 JAC 30 163-513
0,013 ″ 65° 1365 JAC 47 161-613 68628-12
0,013 ″ 80° 1380 JAC 38 163-713
0,015 ″ 40° 1540 9-1540 JAC 29 163-415
0,015 ″ 65° 1565 JAC 39 163-615 68628-7
0,015 ″ 80° 1580 JAC 40 163-715
0,018 ″ 65° 1865 JAC 31 163-619 68628-6
0,018 ″ 80° 1880 9-1880 JAC 41 163-819 68628-5
0,021 ″ 80° 2180 9-2180 JAC 42 162-721
0,026 ″ 40° 2640 JAC 43 163-425
0,026 ″ 95° 2695 JAC 44
0,036 ″ 40° 3640 JAC 36 163-435
MIXING RATIO - generalTwo component products are delivered in the correct mixing ratio as stated in the product data sheets.
Make sure that all hardener is added to the base, and the coating is thoroughly mixed.
We do not in general recommend mixing parts of a set, as deviation from the recommended mixing ratio
may occur. This may result in poor application and performance properties of the applied system. The
hardener package should not be washed out by a large amount of spraying thinner. If spraying thinner is
needed it should be added during mixing
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 132/338
page 7/7
1411EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
MIXING RATIO - twin-feed productsThe mix ratios in volume for twin-feed applied products should be retrieved from specific data sheets.
It is very important that right ratios are maintained but deviations up to max. 3% are acceptable unless
otherwise stated on specific data sheets.
These products are generally supplied ready for use after mixing of components as extra diluting may result
in deviation of mixing ratio
INDUCTION TIME
If mentioned on the product data sheet the coating should be thoroughly mixed and left for the
recommended time for the particular temperature conditions at application. This induction time or pre-curing
of the product ensures that the coating will give the required performance and application properties.
POT LIFE
This gives the time interval after mixing of the components of the coating during which the material can be
applied, without change of application and performance properties of the coating. For solvent containing
coatings an extra addition of thinner up to 5% is allowed. For solvent free coatings addition of thinner is not
permitted. For solvent free and high solid coatings an exothermic reaction occurs, resulting in gelation
shortly after reaching the end of the pot life. It is important to clean equipment before the pot life has expired
and directly after completion of application of the paint.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 133/338
Example: How many liters in four quarts?
Notice that the quarts to liter scale has triangles at the top and at the bottom of the scale.
Therefore, the triangle is the pivot point.
page 1/2
1412NOMOGRAPHCONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS
a two page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995
The metric nomograph is not intended to be used as a tool for accurately converting one system to the other.
Although the accuracy is comparable with the slide rule, it should be used as an aid in becoming familiar
with the system. The nomograph is reversible for those wishing to convert metric to English.
The left-hand scale is for the English units and may be ounces, pounds, pints, quarts, inches, feet or miles.
The four right-hand scales are metric, each being a double scale and each identified by a symbol at the top
and bottom of the scale.
In the center section of the nomograph are the four symbols. The exact center of each symbol serves as the
pivot point for the scale bearing the same symbol.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 134/338
page 2/2
1412NOMOGRAPHCONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS
October 1999
Line up the 4 on the English unit scale with the triangle and read the answer on the right side of the quarts-to-liters scale ± 3.7 liters. A slide rule shows 3.78 and actual multiplication 3.784. That accuracy should be
fine for someone who wants to know that a U.S. gallon is about 3.8 liters. As long as it is remembered that
the English units are always on the left-hand scale, and metric units on the right, the nomograph may be
used for conversion either way.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 135/338
page 1/3
1430
SAFETY INDICATIONS
a three page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995
Most paints contain flammable solvents and some contain materials which can harm the skin, or damage
the health if swallowed or inhaled. Whilst most countries have developed regulations to control labelling,
storage and use of toxic or hazardous material as yet there is no agreed international code or system.
Sigma Coatings will adopt the local requirements in any country where their products are sold, but since it is
quite impossible and even confusing to apply all the marks which could be required for every country,
a Sigma Coatings system has been developed which is standard for our products throughout the world.
We will then add local regulation markings in addition, if required.
Two major classes of risk must be controlled and precautions defined which will reduce the risk to
acceptable levels:
A) Health risks, these include: –
1. Gases or vapours. These could include solvent evaporation during the drying period, or perhaps formed
during heating of the painted object.
2. Liquids in the paint. These might be solvents, or perhaps binders, which may be toxic if swallowed or
inhaled as spray droplets, or dermatitic or toxic in contact with the skin.
3. Powders or dusts. These can be formed during heating painted objects (e.g. flame cutting or welding
painted steel), or be present in powder formed during sanding operations, or in spray mist.
B) Fire or explosion risks, these include: –
1. Fire risk during storage or transport. Most paints other than water based products can be ignited and will
support flame.
2. Explosion hazard during application. Flammable solvents in mixture with oxygen in air can explode within
certain concentration limits if ignited or detonated.
The following sentences are used to define the classes of hazard and this data sheet gives details of
precautions which should be taken in each case.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 136/338
page 2/3
1430 SAFETY INDICATIONS
October 1999
Relatively harmless paint Normal measures which are always applicable are:– Wash hands regularly and thoroughly with warm water/soap.
– Immediately cover any wound or cut.
– Do not roll cigarettes, smoke, or eat with dirty hands.
– Beware of possible dust or fumes resulting from sand papering or
burning.
– Check carefully that there is no possible fire or explosion risk.
– Check whether extra ventilation is required.
Highly flammable paint. Flash point of paints and solvents is stated in all our product data sheets.
Flash point up to and This is the lowest temperature at which a mixture of the material with air
including 23° C (DIN 53213). can ignite or explode. If the temperature of the air is near, or above, the
flash point it is essential that sufficient ventilation air is provided to reduce
the concentration of solvent well below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.).
Mixtures of solvent and air can only explode when the concentration lies
between the lower and upper explosive limits.
These limits vary from one solvent to another but the LEL is usually about
50 g per 1 m³ of air.
This is described in detail in sheet 1431.
In brief 200 m³ ventilation air is required per kilo of solvent to maintain an
atmosphere below 10% of LEL.
Such a mixture is safe even at temperatures above the flash point.
Gloves recommended Solvents and other components in some paints can irritate the skin, and
although in normal paints this may only be a minor and temporary irritation,
Paint which irritates or dermatitis of sensitive skins can be caused by solvents or chemicals in
affects skin or mucous some paints. These are indicated by this ‘glove’ sentence. Barrier creams
membranes. together with gloves, goggles and possibly face masks should be used.
In all cases, however, the habit of using solvents to clean the skin after
painting should be discouraged.
Contact of paint with the skin should be avoided by use of barrier creams
and protective gloves. Any paint on the skin should be removed at once with
skin cleaning liquids or jellies and then washed with water.
Mask recommended Dust, smoke and spray mist can be filtered by face masks containing a dust
filter cartridge. Cartridges are also available which absorb both dust and
Inhalation of dust and solvents. These are only effective whilst there is no apparent smell of
spraymist is harmful. solvent. The filter is exhausted when the odour of solvent can be detected
and the filter should then be changed. It is most important that the correct
filter for the class of work should be used. These are described by the
manufacturers of the face mask and filter.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 137/338
page 3/3
1430SAFETY INDICATIONS
October 1999
Fresh Air Mask recommended Toxic substances in paints usually enter the body by inhalation of gases,vapours, fumes, dusts or spray mists. An indication of the level of hazard is
Inhalation of vapour and the Threshold Limits Value (T.L.V.), at one time called Maximum Allowable
dust is harmful. Concentration (M.A.C.). This is the concentration which can be tolerated by
a healthy worker for 8 hours a day without adverse effects. The lower the
figure, the more toxic the substance.
The concentrations are given either as parts per million (ppm), i.e. cm³ of
vapour per m³ of air, or for solid dusts as mg per m³. The minimum volume
for air required to achieve this safe level of concentration will be given in our
data sheets. This volume may in some cases be as much as 20 times that
required to reach 10% of LEL and in some classes of work it may be
impractical to supply the volume of air required to allow the required rate of
usage of paint in the compartment. In such cases it is essential that
operators are supplied with, and required to use, fresh air masks or
respirators fed with clean air at positive pressure. It is important that the
mask has a good facial fit. See also sheet 1431.
Paint contains heavy toxic Keep skin covered as far as possible, wear gloves and protect the eyes.
substances and is dangerous. Avoid contamination of the skin. Provide very good ventilation and wear
fresh air mask. Change all overclothes and shoes immediately after finishing
the work. Keep dirty cloths and other objects separate, destroy or clean
contaminated clothes with care. Wash the hands very thoroughly.Handle empty containers with care and avoid contamination of the
environment with any poisonous paint or waste.
THE SIGMA WARNING SYSTEM will show one, or a combination of more than one, of the described
sentences. The safety code required in each country will be added to drums used in that country.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 138/338
page 1/5
1431SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
a five page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995
When paints containing solvents are applied in enclosed or confined spaces, two hazards can exist,
explosion and toxicity and precautions must be taken to eliminate them.
General aspects of explosion hazards
The nature of this hazard is explained in detail below. The essential precaution to be taken is that sufficient
ventilation air must be provided to maintain the ratio of vapour/air at no more than 10% of the lower
explosive limit. The method for calculation is given below and data on minimum ventilation air quantity is
given in product data sheets. If the flash point of the solvent is above the working temperature, then an
explosion cannot occur. However, it may still be necessary to ventilate to provide a clean working
atmosphere or to eliminate toxic hazard.
An explosion is simply very rapid burning of a flammable mixture (in the case of paint, it is the burning of
solvent vapour in oxygen contained in the air). The speed of combustion is so great that there is extremely
rapid development of heat and pressure (6 to 9 times the original pressure). This can lead to destruction of
the compartment and injury to work people. Three factors must be present to create an explosion.
a. The mixture of vapour and air must be between the lower explosive limit (LEL) and the upper explosive
limit.
b. The mixture must be at a temperature above the flash point temperature of the vapour.
c. A source of ignition with high enough temperature and energy must be present to initiate the explosion
reaction.
These three factors explain the reasons for the safety precautions.
Ventilation to provide an atmosphere below LEL
It is usual to specify that ventilation should be provided to reduce vapour concentration to less than 10% of
LEL. This large safety margin is required to allow for variations in ventilation in all parts of a compartment.
The minimum ventilation air in m³ per minute may be calculated from the formula: (P x A) + (Q x B)
t
Calculation
P = volume of paint applied in the compartment in litres during time t minutes.
Q = volume of added solvent used in the paint applied in the compartment in litres in time t minutes. A = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of paint to reach 10% LEL.
B = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of solvent to reach 10% LEL.
t = time of application in minutes of volume P of paint.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 139/338
TOXIC HAZARD
page 2/5
1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999
Example
100 litres of paint (P) plus 5 litres of thinner (Q) are used within 45 minutes (t).
Value A is e.g. 60 m³ (given in product data sheet).
Value B is e.g. 130 m³ (given in product data sheet).
Ventilation air quantity m³ per minute to reach 10% LEL is:
(100 x 60) + (5 x 130) = 147.7 m³ per minute.
45
Remarks
This quantity of ventilation air must be maintained throughout the application of the paint and also during the
period of evaporation of solvent.
The ventilation must be arranged so that all parts of the compartment are properly ventilated. It is necessary
for the applicator or the contractor to check vapour concentrations (in varying positions) regularly with an
explosion meter. If the concentration rises above 10% LEL, painting must stop until the vapour concentration
is reduced to a safe level again.
Flash point
If possible paints with flash points above the ambient temperature should be used. This often is not possible,
particularly in compartments heated up by strong sunlight in summer. In such cases it is even more
essential that ventilation below 10% LEL is maintained.
Sources of ignition
Sparks, hot surfaces, flames and all other sources of ignition must be absolutely prevented. Flame proof
lighting and electrical equipment must be used, spark proof tools and clothing should be used and all work
must be prohibited in adjacent compartments. All equipment, whether electrical or not electrical
(e.g. pneumatic pumps, spray tips, etc.) must be adequately earthed to ensure no accumulation of static
electrical charge.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 140/338
page 3/5
1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999
General aspects of toxic hazard
Many solvents used in paint have some degree of toxicity and it is necessary to provide sufficient ventilation
air to maintain safe atmosphere below the threshold limit value (TLV). With many common solvents this may
be impractical when applying large volumes of paint in a short time. In such cases ventilation to give a clear
visibility and safety from explosion will still be necessary. It will also be necessary to provide operators in the
compartment with fresh air masks or hoods. Barrier creams and protective clothing may also be necessary.
Full details are given below and data for calculation of RAQ (required air quantity) are also provided.
It is necessary to keep certain rules when using any paint since all can be harmful (even ordinary emulsion
paints are dangerous if swallowed!). The following are basic safety precautions:
Inhalation of dust and fumes
This must be avoided by the use of ventilation or extraction.
– products should be used in well ventilated areas
– forced ventilation or fresh air masks should be used in confined spaces
– a face mask should be worn when spraying, sanding or blast cleaning
Skin contact
Some substances used in paint may cause irritation after repeated or prolonged contact with the skin and in
susceptible cases there is a risk of dermatitis.
– operatives with a history of skin sensitivity should not be employed in processes where skin contact can
occur
– prolonged or repeated contact of paint with the skin should be avoided
– barrier cream should be supplied and used
– gloves should be worn
– do not wash hands with solvent
– use a proprietary hand cleanser
Ingestion
The ingestion (swallowing) of paint must always be avoided.– food should not be brought into or consumed in the work area where coatings are stored or used
– thorough washing of hands and face is essential after applying paint, particularly before eating or smoking
– if paint or thinners should accidently be swallowed, seek medical attention immediately
Eye protection
Steps should be taken to prevent material entering the eyes.
– goggles should be worn whenever necessary
– if the eyes become contaminated they should be irrigated with water; seek medical attention immediately
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 141/338
page 4/5
1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999
Theoretical ventilation requirements
In the product data sheets, data are given for the minimum required ventilation air quantity (RAQ) in cubic
metres when 1 litre of paint is applied or when 1 litre of thinner is used. The TLV (=threshold limit value) for
the mixture of components and solvents in the paint or for the mixture of solvents used in thinners has been
calculated.
Calculation
The quantity of ventilation air required in m³ per minute during application and drying can be calculated
from the formula:(P x M) + (Q x N)
t
P = quantity of paint consumed in litres.
Q = quantity of thinner consumed in litres.
M = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of paint.
N = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of thinner.
t = application time in minutes.
Example
100 litres of paint (P) are consumed in 45 minutes (t). 5 Litres of thinner (Q) were added to thin down the
paint to the prescribed application viscosity. Value M is e.g. 780 m³ (see product data sheet). Value N is e.g. 2170 m³ (see product data sheet).
The ventilation air quantity required during application and drying to reach TLV is:
(100 x 780) + (5 x 2170) = 1974 m³ per minute
45
Remarks
In semi-confined areas such as rooms with open doors and windows or the super structure of a ship, natural
ventilation will be about 2 to 5 times the content of the room or space per hour, depending on weather
conditions.The amount of fresh air necessary to reach TLV will be approximately 10 to 20 times the amount of fresh air
necessary to reach 10% of LEL. When it is impractical to ventilate in such a way that TLV is not reached then
fresh air masks must be used.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 142/338
page 5/5
1431SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999
Emergency procedure
It may be necessary to enter an atmosphere which is unsafe. (You may have to rescue somebody). Before
entering a confined space or tank ensure that:
– you wear breathing apparatus
– you wear a lifeline
– the lifeline is properly tended
– a watch is kept on you
– a means of communication exists
– a system of signals is agreed
– you and everybody else involved understand the signals
You must also make sure that:
– a back-up or rescue squad is equipped to render assistance
– resuscitation equipment is on hand
If you have to keep watch or tend a lifeline:
– keep a careful watch on your men below
If you cannot see them:
– call out to them from time to time
– make sure they answer
If they do not answer repeated calls or if they show signs of drunkenness or unusual behaviour:
– RAISE THE ALARM IMMEDIATELY
– DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESCUE THE VICTIM BY YOURSELF
– DO NOT BECOME A VICTIM
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 143/338
page 1/2
1434
DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE
a two page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995
Ventilation is required for reasons of health and safety. In addition for solvent containing coatings the quality
of a coating system is greatly affected by the amount and type of residual solvent in the layer when the
coating dries or cures.
Adhesion, water resistance, mechanical and chemical properties can all be adversely affected when solvents
remain trapped in the paint film. Very slow evaporation of trapped solvents can also develop internal stresses
due to shrinkage.
The ventilation must be maintained throughout the application process at a minimum level of 10% of LEL
value and for a period after application is completed when the paint cures or dries. As a guide line for good
ventilation after application the confined space should be ventilated 4 to 5 times its contents per hour.
Product data sheets indicate when any special ventilation requirements are required.Hot ventilation: Ventilating air with too high temperature can cause surface curing of epoxy coatings and
although it may be necessary to produce a dry substrate before painting, the steel and air temperature
should be such that when the application starts, the temperature of the ventilation (dehumidifier/heater)
should be dropped so that the conditions stay stable. Hot ventilation air should be replaced by cool dry
ventilation air as soon as possible after application of any coat is completed.
Good ventilation consists of at least extraction at the lowest areas, but in most cases when controlled
conditions are needed, also of air input (dry and/or heated). The combination of in and output must be
correctly balanced.
The opening of the extraction hose should be close to the bottom of the tank (approx 30-60 cm).
Ventilation air should be directed to the bottom of the tank or compartment and should be extracted byexhaust fans of correctly balanced capacity.
For complex structures the ventilation should be distributed over all compartments and confined spaces in
order to facilitate good ventilation in all areas.
BALLAST TANKS AND OTHER CONFINED SPACES.
Due to regulations of the shipbuilding industry ballast tanks and double skin tanks count for many square
meters confined spaces. Therefore it is necessary to pay good attention to the ventilation conditions during
application, drying and curing of the coating on these areas.
Depending on the structure of the ballast tanks, forced ventilation or natural ventilation is used duringcoating of the new building blocks.
However, natural ventilation in many cases is not sufficient due to half open box conditions and can cause
serious drawbacks related to health and safety as well as curing and performance of the coating.
When ventilation is not sufficient solvents will not be removed, but will drift to the lower part of the section.
As normally first the upperparts of a section will be painted, the solvents evaporating from the applied
coating will drift to the lower part where it will attack the earlier applied coating (not yet fully cured) and this
coating will absorb part of the solvents and swell. This coating will then be overcoated and problems related
to bad adhesion, curing, water resistance etc. will result.
In case of waterborne paints, this advice is not valid. Water vapour rises to the upper areas of the tank and
may give condensation. Therefore it is recommended to position an extra exhaust outlet at the top of thetank.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 144/338
page 2/2
1434DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE
October 1999
Also in this case ventilation is of utmost importance as drying under insufficient ventilation will prevent paintfilm formation.
Practices recommended
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 145/338
page 1/7
1490
CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
a seven page issue October 1999revision of 5-1997
DERUSTING METHODS The effective life time of a coating applied onto a steel surface is dependentto a very large extent on how thoroughly the surface has been prepared priorto painting.
Surface preparation consists of primary surface preparation which aims toremove mill scale, rust and foreign matter from a steel surface prior to theapplication of a shop primer or primer.Secondary surface preparation aims to remove rust and foreign matter,if any, from a steel surface coated with a shop primer or primer prior toapplication of the anticorrosive paint system.
A steel surface can be derusted in the following ways.
Wire brushing Wire brushing, usually done with rotating wire brushes, is a conventionalmethod, not suitable for the removal of mill scale, but suitable for thepreparation of weld seams. The main disadvantage is, that treated surfacesare often not completely free of corrosion products and tend to becomepolished and contaminated with oil. This decreases the adhesion of primingpaints and the performance of a paint system.
Chipping Chipping or mechanical chipping is usually done in combination with wire-brushing. It is sometimes suitable for local repairs with conventional orspecial formulated paint systems. It is not suitable for general preparation ofsurfaces to be coated with epoxy or chlorinated rubber paints. It can be usedfor the removal of thick rust scale and economises in later blastingoperations.
Needle hammer To remove rust, paint etc. from corners and angles in order to achieve acleaned surface with a profile.
Flame cleaning Flame cleaning involves derusting by thermal treatment making use ofburning equipment (acetylene or propane and oxygen). It removes almost all
mill scale, but rust to a lesser extent. Therefore this method cannot meet therequirements of modern paint systems.
Disc sanding Disc sanding involves use of rotating discs covered with abrasive material.It is used for local repairs or for the removal of small barnacles. The qualityof these discs has been very much improved, and these can give goodstandards of preparation.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 146/338
page 2/7
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
Sweep blasting A hand operated form of superficial blast cleaning in which a primed orcoated steel surface is roughened and is free of almost all visiblecontamination. (except oil contamination or traces of rust) A: light sweep, purpose: roughening of intact coating
Abrasive: small (0,2-0,5 mm)B: heavy sweep (approx ISO-Sa1), purpose: removing of not sound coating
areas - layers Abrasive: small to medium (0,2-0,5/0,2-1,5 mm)
Reference: Repainting of old metallic structures, limited blast cleaning scaleTechnical Guide, November 1993
Laboratoire Central des Ponts et Chaussées 58,bd Lefebvre, F 75732 Paris Cedex 15
Blast cleaning The impingement of a high kinetic energy stream of abrasive onto thesurface to be prepared. It is either hand operated by jet or automatically byimpeller and is the most thorough method of derusting. Centrifugal blastcleaning, compressed air blast cleaning and vacuum blast cleaning are wellknown types.
Shot The particles are as far as practical spherical and solid and should notcontain more than the minimum practical amount of ‘tails’ and irregularshapes.Primers to be used for shot blasted steel should be checked on performance.
Grit The particles show good angularity form with sharp cutting edges andshould be substantially free from ‘half-rounds’ (i.e. shot split in half).Unless otherwise stated in the specifications a mineral grit should be used.
Water (abrasive) – ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (UHPWJ) cleaning/jetting Pressure - more than 1700 bar(Terminology NACE) Use: Complete removal of all coatings and rust.
The result can be compared with dry abrasive blast cleaning, but withflash rust after drying.
– HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (HPWJ)
Pressure - from 700 to 1700 barUse: Most paints and corrosion products will be removed, Magnetite and
hard tightly adherent coating may be left but can be removed withdifficulty.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 147/338
page 3/7
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
– HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (HPWC)Pressure - from 350 to 700 barUse: Loose paint, rust, debris and material in pits will be removed, but
black iron oxide (Magnetite) will remain. A uniform matte finish cannotbe achieved.
– LOW PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (LPWC)
Pressure - lower than 350 barUse: Removal of salt, dirt and poorly adherent surface contamination.
Mainly washing of surface
– LOW PRESSURE WATER ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour depending on material to be removed.Use: abrasive reduction, dust reduction, salt removal, avoidance of spark
hazard. The result is comparable with dry abrasive blast cleaning,but with flash rust after drying.
– STEAM CLEANING
Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm²Use: Removal of water soluble or water emulsified contamination; the
substrate dries quicker compared to a water rinsed substrate.
ISO STANDARDS When specifying a precise degree of derusting and cleaning of a steelsurface prior to painting, Sigma uses the International standardISO 8501-1-1988 and ISO 8504-1992.
ISO 8501-1 This indicates the following rust grades:
Applicable to bare A = steel surface largely covered with adherent millmill-scaled or rusty steel scale but little, if any, rust.
B = steel surface which has begun to rust and from which the mill scale
has begun to flake.C = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or from which it
can be scraped, but with slight pitting visible when viewed normally.D = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away and on which
general pitting is visible when viewed normally.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 148/338
page 4/7
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
DEGREES OF PRIMARY The ISO standard indicates seven preparation degrees.SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications:
ISO-St Surface preparation by hand and power tool cleaning, such as scraping,Hand and power tool wire-brushing, machine-brushing and grinding, is designated by the letterscleaning ‘St’.
Prior to hand and power tool cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall beremoved by chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After hand and power tool cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loosedust and debris.
ISO-St2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleThorough hand and oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatingspower tool cleaning and foreign matter.
ISO-St3 As for St2, but the surface shall be treated much more thoroughly to give a Very thorough hand metallicsheen arising from the metallic substrate.and power tool cleaning
ISO-SaBlast cleaning
Surface preparation by blast cleaning is designated by the letters ‘Sa’.
Prior to blast cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be removed bychipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After blast cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust and debris.
ISO-Sa1 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleLight blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings
and foreign matter.
ISO-Sa2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleThorough blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt and from most of the mill scale, rust, paint coatings and
foreign matter. Any residual contamination shall be firmly adhering.
ISO-Sa2½ When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible Very thorough blast oil, grease and dirt and from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreigncleaning matter. Any remaining traces of contamination shall show only as slight
stains in the form of spots or stripes.
ISO-Sa3 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleblast cleaning to oil, grease and dirt and shall be free from mill scale, rust, paint coatings andtvisually clean steel foreign matter. It shall have a uniform metallic colour.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 149/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 150/338
page 6/7
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
Surface condition H = shop primed steel surface in way of hand welding A = shop primed steel in way of automatic weldingF = shop primed steel surface in way of gas-burningD = shop primed steel surface having white zinc saltR = shop primed steel surface having rust in the form of spots
GRADES OF SECONDARY The Japanese Standard indicates six preparation degrees.SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications.
SPSS-Pt2 Surface prepared by wire brushing for the surface condition A, D and R,by wire brushing and disc sander for the surface condition H,by disc sander for the surface condition F. Almost all rust and foreignmaster are fairly removed.
If mentioned for other surface conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel),almost all rust and foreign matter, have to be removed by wire brushingand/or disc sander.
SPSS-Pt3 Surface prepared by wire brushing and (in combination with!)disc sander for the surface condition H and Aand by disc sander for the surface condition F, R and D.Rust and foreign matter are removed to the extent that the surface has auniform metallic sheen.
If mentioned for other surfaces conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel) allrust and foreign matter has to be removed to the extent that the surface hasa uniform metallic sheen. Also used for the preparation of primed or coated substrate to remove rustfrom small areas such as scratches, pinpoints or areas of mechanicaldamage.
SPSS-Ss Surface prepared by light blast cleaning of slug sands or grits.(Shop primer with the little trace of rust is noticeable.)
Also used for the preparation of a primed or coated substrates or galvanizedsteel to roughen the surface and to remove contamination or traces of rust.
Remarks In the Japanese Standard the expressions Sd2 and Sd3 are used, which areequivalent to the Swedish expressions Sa2 and Sa3.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 151/338
page 7/7
1490CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
Degree of cleanliness The International and the Japanese Standards give a visual impression of thequality of the derusted steel.
However, chemical contamination like soluble salts etc. are not visible and
remains partly on the surface.
Presence of excessive amounts of water soluble salts can cause blistering of
the coating by osmosis.
Water soluble salts in mineral abrasives.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts in mineral
abrasives is 300 µs/cm (corresponds with 30 ms/m).
See further sheet 1491
Water soluble salts on the steel surface.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts on the steel
surface amounts 60 mg/m² (corresponds with 6 µg/cm²) chloride,
determined by the Bresle method (ISO 8502-6).
REFERENCES
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 152/338
page 1/2
1491
SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES
a two page issue October 1999revision of 1-1995
SCOPE
This specification covers mineral abrasives such as corundum, aluminium silicate slag, or any slag mixtureswhich are suitable for removing rust, scale, old paint or shop primer from steel by blast cleaning and giving asatisfactory anchor pattern.This specification covers only those abrasives commonly known as utility grades.
REQUIREMENTS
Material – The abrasive may be any material meeting the requirements of this specification. It shall be
composed of clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic
substances, organic matter and water soluble salts.The abrasive supplier shall certify that any product to be delivered conforms to all requirements stated
herein.
pH – 100 gram of a representative abrasive sample is crushed using a mortar and pestle. Approximately 50
grams of the crushed sample is added to 200 ml de-ionized water. The pH of this slurry is then determined
through the use of an electronic pH meter with an accuracy of ± 0.01 pH unit.
A slurry mixture prepared in this way shall not have a pH below 6.20.
Water Soluble Salts – The abrasive is mixed with de-ionized water, conductivity max. 1 µ S/cm, in the
proportion 1:2, e.g. 50 cm³ abrasive to 100 cm³ water. The mixture is shaken for 5 minutes, allowed to
settle for at least 1 hour and then shaken again for 5 minutes. Some of the water is decanted, thetemperature is recorded and the conductivity measured by a conductivity gauge.
If the conductivity gauge does not have any temperature compensation adjustment, the conductivity should
be converted to 20° C or measurement should be carried out at this temperature.
If the conductivity exceeds 300 µS/cm the abrasive is rejected.
If the abrasive is to be used for High Pressure Wet Abrasive Blastcleaning the total amount of water soluble
matter should be below 0,5% by weight.
Moisture Content – Approximately 200 grams of abrasive shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 g in a tared
weighing dish and dried at 105 to 110° C for 3 hours or more until successive weighings after additional 1
hour heating periods show a weight change of not more than 0.1%. The percentage of moisture is calculatedas follows:
percent moisture = original weight - final weight x 100
original weight of sample
The moisture content for material deliverd in bags or in bulk shall not exceed 0.5% by weight.
Oil and Grease – The abrasive shall not be contaminated with oil and grease. 10 cm³ abrasive is shakenwith 10 cm³ methylene chloride for about 5 minutes. 5 drops of the solvent are applied to a clean glassplate. After complete evaporation of the solvent the glass plate is exposed to ultraviolet light in totaldarkness.
If there is blue fluorescence the abrasive is rejected.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 153/338
page 2/2
1491SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES
October 1999
Hardness – Examine the abrasive material under a low-power microscope (10 x) and, if grains of differentcolour or character are present, select a few grains of each. Separately place the grains thus differentiatedbetween two glass microscope slides. While applying pressure, slowly move one slide over the other with areciprocating motion for 10 seconds. Examine the glass surface and, if scratched, the material shall beconsidered as having a minimum hardness of 6 on Moh’s scale. If any grains that fail to scratch glass arepresent, in any appreciable quantity, the total batch is rejected.
Grain Shape – The individual abrasive grains shall be angular in shape.
Surface Profile – The abrasive material shall produce a prescribed blasting profile Rz value (varyingbetween 40-100 µm)
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 154/338
Page 1/4
1650RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -AIR TEMPERATURE
a four page issue January 1995
reprint of 8-88
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN (VENTILATION) AIR-TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
To achieve optimum results in coating work it is essential to ensure that no condensation occurs on the
substrate or in-between coats during the painting process. Air at a given temperature can only contain a
certain (maximum) amount of water vapour. This amount is lower at lower temperatures.
The maximum water content of air at different temperatures is given in the next table:
Degrees Centigrade Maximum water content g/m³
0 4,8
5 6,8
10 9,5
15 12,8
20 17,3
25 23,0
30 30,4
35 39,6
40 51,1
45 65,0
From these figures the relationship between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity can be
calculated. This relationship is given in the next table:
Relation between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity
Air Dew point in ° C at a relative humidity of:
Temperature
° C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
5 –4.1 –2.9 –1.8 –0.9 0.0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6
6 –3.2 –2.1 –1.0 –0.1 0.9 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.5
7 –2.4 –1.3 –0.2 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5
8 –1.6 –0.4 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.5
9 –0.8 0.4 1.7 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.6 7.5
10 0.1 1.3 2.6 3.7 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.4
11 1.0 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.6 8.6 9.4
12 1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.6 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.4
13 2.8 4.2 5.4 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.4
14 3.7 5.1 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4
15 4.7 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.5 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 155/338
Page 2/4
1650 RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE
January 1995
Air Dew point in ° C at a relative humidity of:
Temperature
° C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
16 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.5 10.5 11.6 12.5 13.5 14.4
17 6.5 7.9 9.2 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.3
18 7.4 8.8 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.5 14.5 15.4 16.3
19 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.5 16.4 17.3
20 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14.4 15.4 16.4 17.4 18.3
21 10.2 11.6 12.9 14.2 15.3 16.4 17.4 18.4 19.3
22 11.1 12.5 13.8 15.2 16.3 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.323 12.0 13.5 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.4 20.3 21.3
24 12.9 14.4 15.7 17.0 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.3
25 13.8 15.3 16.7 17.9 19.1 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.2
26 14.8 16.2 17.6 18.8 20.1 21.2 22.3 23.3 24.2
27 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.8 21.1 22.2 23.2 24.3 25.2
28 16.6 18.1 19.5 20.8 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2
29 17.5 19.1 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.2 26.2 27.2
30 18.4 20.0 21.4 22.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 27.2 28.2
Using these figures curves can be drawn which give the relationship between air temperature, relative
humidity and dew point. (See graph).
To allow a sensible safety margin normally the substrate temperature must be at least 3 degrees centigrade
above the dew point. The dew point is the temperature of a given air-water vapour mixture at which
condensation starts, since at that temperature the maximum water content of the air is reached.
Many important conclusions can be drawn from the graph, e.g.:
– at a relative humidity of 85% the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is approximately equal to the
temperature of the (ventilation) air. For this reason outdoor paintwork must normally be carried out at a
relative humidity below 85%.
– at a relative humidity of 90% the difference in temperature between substrate and dew point will be only2° C, which means that the safety margin is narrowed. This can be overcome by raising the substrate
temperature by approx. 1° C.
– at a relative humidity of 70% the relationship between the acceptable substrate temperature and the
temperature of the (ventilation) air is given by the following table:
air temperature ° C 5 10 20 30
dew point ° C 0,0 4,7 14,4 23,9
lowest acceptable substrate temperature ° C 3,0 7,7 17,4 26,9
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 156/338
Page 3/4
1650RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE
sheet two January 1995
Although the substrate temperatures given in this table are well below the temperature of the surroundingair no condensation will occur under the stated prevailing conditions.
– if the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is for example 5°C and the temperature of the atmosphere
is also 5°C than the ventilation air can be heated and relative humidity will then be reduced according to
the following table:
air temperature °C 5 10 20 30 40
relative humidity % 85 60 32 18 11
In general reduction in temperature leads to risk of condensation.For instance steel cooled down during the night will often show condensation and this will not evaporate until
the steel is heated up again by sunlight or other means.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 157/338
Page 4/4
1650
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE - AIR TEMPERATURE
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 158/338
page 1/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
an eight page issue February 2000
revision of 10-95
INTRODUCTION
Zinc silicates are widely specified as the primer for much of the steel utilised by the petrochemical and
offshore industries. They may be used without topcoats as tank linings, but organic topcoats are normally
specified for atmospheric exposure. In acidic and alkaline environments zinc corrodes rapidly and topcoats
improve durability as well as appearance. Two main types of zinc silicate are now available. Water based
alkyl silicates are mainly used as tank linings, although there is increasing interest in their use on structural
steel. Solvent based ethyl zinc silicates are most commonly used on steel structures.
The following aspects are covered in this note:
1. Porosity
- topcoat bubbling
- removal of contamination
2. Excessive thickness
- mud cracking
- low cohesive strength
3. Formation of zinc salts
- effect of salts on performance
- removal of salts
4. Spot repair of old zinc silicate/organic systems
1. POROSITY OF ZINC SILICATES
Zinc silicates are by nature porous. The porous silicate matrix of a freshly applied zinc silicate does not fill all
the available space between the zinc particles. This leads to a number of practical disadvantages.
An understanding of these can help to avoid possible problems:
a. organic topcoat bubbling
b. contamination difficult to remove
a. Topcoat bubbling
Also known as popping or application blistering, this is a problem which causes more irritation than any
other. As already mentioned zinc silicates are porous by nature. After several months of curing outdoors,
the porosity gradually fills to form a close, dense film due to formation of zinc salts by reaction with moistureand carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
Most construction schedules do not allow one or two months before topcoating and the primer must be
topcoated while it is under cover and still porous. This often causes bubbling of the subsequent topcoat.
There is always a risk of popping when overcoating zinc silicates, but the longer they have been weathered
the less the likelihood of problems.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 159/338
page 2/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
The mechanism
Popping is caused by the release of air and gas, in bubble form, from a porous surface through freshly
applied wet paint films. This causes blisters which either break, leaving a pinhole, or remain in the film.
When a solvent containing organic topcoat is spray applied to a porous surface, some of the solvent
penetrates into the pores. At the same time there is a drop in the surface temperature due to decompression
and sudden solvent evaporation. The temperature rapidly increases again, expanding the air and gas in the
pores. Additionally there is a tendency for the solvent trapped in the pores to try to release itself. These
combinded actions cause the formation of bubbles.
Popping
The higher the ambient temperature the greater the problem and if the surface temperature is steadily rising
due to exposure to the sun the problem will be worse. Topcoat bubbling is also more likely with fast
overcoating times or by drying of the zinc silicate in conditions of very low humidity.
The likelihood of topcoat pinholing or blistering over inorganic zinc primers depends on both the choice of
primer and the choice of topcoat. Application of a glossy (high binder content/low PVC) finish directly to a
zinc silicate primer is likely to cause problems.
Intact blisters or pinholes easily visible to the naked eye will usually not be accepted and will normally
require repair. Very small hardly visible pinholes are usually acceptable and in practice, even if the zinc
appears to be exposed at small holes, these are generally impregnated with coating.
Arguments sometimes arise over whether pinholes are or are not closed. The worry being that if the zinc
silicate is exposed to the atmosphere, corrosion may take place. This can easily be checked using a low
voltage wet sponge tester. Usually when this test is applied to a typical zinc silicate/epoxy/polyurethane
system still showing some pinholes after application of the final coat, no holidays (holes) are indicated.Response is often negative even after the first coat of epoxy, but positive on the conductive zinc primer.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 160/338
page 3/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
Minimising popping from the start
The quality of the application of the zinc silicate plays a crucial role. It should be spray applied as an even
wet film to the correct wet film thickness. In hot conditions some extra thinner may be needed. Excessive
film thickness should be carefully avoided. Dry spray/overspray should also be avoided as far as possible
and must be removed before topcoating. It is a loose powder which can be rubbed off by light abrasion or by
rubbing with aluminium wire mesh. (This may have to be done quite quickly in hot conditions where heavy
overnight condensation is usual).
Conventional spray (air spray) gives the best results because it gives an extra degree of application control,
but to obtain the highest productivity airless application is usually preferred.
Watch out particularly for the inexperienced applicator who applies zinc primers for maximum productivityusing a powerful airless unit at high pressure with a large, worn tip. The effect will be rather like using a
garden hose, with clouds of dry spray settling on the surface, making the subsequent topcoat application a
nightmare. The topcoat usually gets the blame for the bubbling, but the problem has been caused by poor
primer application.
Less problems are usually encountered if the applicator is experienced in the use of inorganic zinc primers.
What if the primer has already been applied?
There are a few well tried techniques which help avoid pinholing when organic topcoats are applied to a
freshly applied zinc silicate. None of these can be guaranteed to be 100% effective if the primer application
has been of poor quality:
I Sealer coat
The zinc primer is sealed by a sealer coat (also known as a tie coat) specially designed for porous
surfaces eg. Sigmarite sealer (7420). Thin as described in the data sheet and apply 50µ m (2 mils)
dry film thickness. This is generally the most effective solution and it also works for sealing zinc
metal sprayed substrates.
II Specially formulated high build topcoats
Use a topcoat which is specially formulated to reduce application bubbling. Sigmarite build coat
(7459) is an example which works if the quality of the primer application is reasonable.
Some additional hints
If the primer is porous and popping occurs, a mist coat/full coat application can be helpful. The primer is first
sealed by a very thin (hardly closed) film of the first topcoat. Shortly afterwards (usually within 15 minutes)
the mist coat is recoated to reach the specified dry film thickness. This technique may have to be repeated
with subsequent coats. It works quite well at low temperatures, but often will not help if the surface
temperature is high.
Try to avoid application of the first topcoat if the surface temperature is expected to rise. If application to
surfaces which have been in direct sunlight can be scheduled to take place as the surface temperature is
reducing, pinholing will be almost completely avoided. (This also works for application of organic coatings to
exposed concrete surfaces). Where application over a warm/hot zinc silicate cannot be avoided then the useof Sigmarite sealer (7420), thinned as described in the data sheet is a good solution.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 161/338
page 4/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
Shop application
Zinc silicates require contact with moisture to enable full cure and a reduction in porosity. If it is practical to
store steelwork outside for a while between zinc silicate and topcoat application then the risk of bubbling will
be reduced. The surface may be sprayed with clean water. It is often not realised that steel coated with a
solvent based zinc silicate can be moved outside very soon after application, even when it is raining.
None of the above is a perfect solution for all situations. When application bubbling becomes a problem it is
usually because of a complex mixture of technical and commercial reasons. If you need help, write down all
information which is relevant and contact your Sigma representative. Information needed includes the
coating system, thinners being used and amounts per coat, ambient temperature and surface temperature
during day and night, humidity during the day and night, application equipment with tip sizes, time andexposure conditions between zinc silicate and topcoat application, thickness of primer and topcoats,
presence of dry spray etc..
General considerations
Topcoat bubbling occurs to some extent on all zinc silicate/organic systems. If the topcoat is a glossy yellow
it will be more obvious than if it is a dull grey. Some plant owners are used to it and accept it as a fact of life,
others find it unacceptable. As with most similar situations a compromise is usually necessary. It is
impossible to reach an automobile finish with this type of high build system, which is primarily designed for
corrosion protection in severe conditions. It is however unreasonable to expect the final customer to accept a
surface that looks like the moon.
If you are faced with topcoat bubbling and a well tried and tested system is being used, remember that the
application of the primer is frequently the cause. Try to get this improved. Also in hot conditions try to re-
schedule the application or shade the area concerned.
b. Removal of contamination
The porous nature of zinc silicates can make certain types of contamination difficult to remove. Oils and
greases can be particularly awkward with high pressure water washing with detergent, followed by clean
water, being the best option for cleaning the cured primer.
Solvent cleaning is sometimes used for small areas. Apart from the health and safety aspects, this often onlyspreads oily contamination over a wider area.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 162/338
page 5/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
2. EXCESSIVE THICKNESS OF ZINC SILICATES
If zinc silicates are applied at too high a dry film thickness, problems can arise eg. mud cracking or low
cohesive strength. An understanding of what is happening can help avoid trouble:
a. Mud Cracking
In some situations after the application of a zinc silicate, the film cracks. This is due to shrinkage during
drying and is known as "mud cracking" because it resembles the cracks which form in sun dried mud.
There are a number of possible causes:
I Spraying to a too high dry film thickness.
II Application over areas of too low blast profile. This can happen particularly at welds where there are
areas of very hard material. After blasting, the profile remains low and application of too muchmaterial can cause cracking.
III If relative humidity is high during the application and ventilation is poor this can also be a cause of
cracking due to a too fast curing of the top layer.
IV A product beyond its shelf life will often have a higher mud cracking tendency than when fresh.
The thickness at which cracking takes place depends on the formulation of the zinc silicate. Some are very
critical in this respect and others rather tolerant. The mud cracking limit can be as low as 75 microns (3
mils) up to as high as 200 microns (8 mils) dry film thickness. Sigma Coatings' products perform well in this
respect with the limit generally being in excess of 150 µm (6 mils).
For most products mud cracking only becomes a problem when internal corners of small beams and angles
etc are being coated. While trying to reach the minimum dry film thickness all over, the sprayer tends to
make several overlapping passes in the corners. This often leads to excessive dry film thickness and mud
cracking.
Mud cracking
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 163/338
page 6/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
When this is occasionally a problem, brushing out the corners while the primer is still wet will help. If it
becomes a serious problem during airless spray application, check the angle of the tip being used. A narrow
tip may have been chosen for more economical spraying of small components. This requires more passes
and can cause a high build-up of wet coating in corners, making the problem worse. Switching to a wider
angle will usually solve the problem and is more economical in the end, even though more material may
seem to be lost due to overspray.
b. Low Cohesive Strength
During and just after application, conditions must be dry to let the solvent evaporate. After this the curing
phase starts. The film reacts with moisture to form an insoluble inorganic silicate matrix. After the initialdrying the fastest cure is provided in conditions of high humidity. Overnight condensation and warm weather
are ideal.
A zinc silicate which is not properly cured will remain weak and will not reach the high hardness levels
expected from inorganic zinc primers. In very dry conditions a zinc silicate may take a long time to reach full
hardness. (Regular spraying of the surface with clean water can be helpful in this situation).
Also, if applied too thickly, through-hardening takes a long time or may even never take place. If topcoating
is done on not adequately cured zinc silicate, the primer may never attain full hardness.
When epoxy topcoats are applied to a not fully cured zinc silicate problems arise from the low cohesive
strength of the primer. The epoxy shrinks on drying and forms a relatively brittle film. Quite minor impact
damage can result in delamination by splitting in the silicate primer.
The specification of a zinc silicate to be applied in conditions known to be very dry with continuous low
humidity is best avoided eg. in some shop circumstances. Zinc epoxies are a better choice in this situation,
although it should be noted that they generally have a lower heat resistance.
3. FORMATION OF ZINC SALTS
Occasionally on site there is a problem with zinc salt formation. Zinc primers protect steel from corrosion by
sacrificial protection. The zinc corrodes instead of the steel. During this corrosion process zinc reacts with
oxygen, carbon dioxide and water to form a zinc salt.
O2 /H2O/CO2
Zn2+ ------> ZnCO3.Zn(OH)2
The exposed zinc at the surface of a zinc silicate surface can also react directly with the atmosphere causing
zinc salt formation. In both cases the zinc salts are visible as a white/grey surface colouring.
The composition of the zinc salts depends on the circumstances in which they were formed. In unpolluted
atmospheric conditions (oxygen, carbon dioxide and water) they will be a mixture of basic zinc carbonate,
zinc hydroxide and zinc oxide. These zinc salts, known as zinc patina, close-up the surface pores and thus
help to protect of the steel substrate.
When zinc comes into contact with pure (condensed) water and there is little or no air available, large
quantities of zinc hydroxide are formed. This is called "white rust" and often occurs when a water layer is
trapped between two zinc coated plates. It is also often seen in situations when a surface is almostcontinuously in contact with condensed water. This type of zinc salt is partially soluble in water.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 164/338
page 7/8
1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
Under the influence of air pollutants such as sulphur dioxide (industry) or chlorides (coastal) basic zincsulphate or basic zinc chloride are formed. These are only slightly soluble in water and do not form a closed
film and thus have no protective function.
The formation of zinc salts is influenced by various factors, including the time that water remains in
continuous contact with the surface. Puddles which form on steel stacked outside often result in the
formation of white rust. Acid rain or chloride containing rain water cause the formation of zinc salts. In
coastal regions the higher concentrations of salt in the atmosphere lead to higher quantities of zinc salts to
be formed.
The effect of salts on system performance
Zinc salts can have a negative effect on coating performance. Loose zinc salts (eg white rust) must beremoved from the surface before topcoating or they will affect adhesion. Water soluble components in zinc
salts may reduce adhesion of subsequent coatings. If these remain on a primer surface, then in damp
conditions water is attracted through the organic topcoat (osmosis) and the zinc salts swell, damaging the
intercoat adhesion.
Even if no visible zinc salts are present on a zinc primer surface, adhesion problems can occur if insufficient
thickness of topcoat is applied. Water migrates through thin areas of coating and forms zinc salts under the
topcoat, causing delamination. For this reason, in damp conditions or immersion, an adequate thickness of
organic topcoat should cover the zinc primer.
Removal of zinc salts
Experience and testing have shown that small quantities of zinc salts on zinc silicate primers have a minimal
influence on later anti-corrosive performance. Obviously any loose zinc salts on the surface should be
removed before overcoating. Particularly for critical applications, such as immersion or service in damp
conditions, it makes sense to make sure that all soluble zinc salts have been removed. Various cleaning
techniques can be used:
a. Washing with clean water.
Ideally this is done by high pressure water washing, but washing with water and a nylon bristle brush is also
a good way to make sure most soluble material is removed. Heavy deposits of white rust may have to be
removed by mechanical means.
b. Sweep blasting.
This is frequently not possible due to excessive dust formation. It has the advantage that it roughens the
surface improving the adhesion of the complete coating system. At the same time welds can be fully blasted,
further improving the anti-corrosive performance of the system.
c. Mechanical cleaning.
This can achieve an acceptable anti-corrosive performance from the coating system. Cleaning the intact
primer surface until visually clean is adequate. Complete removal of all traces of zinc salts is practically
impossible and also not necessary.
The most effective mechanical cleaning technique is by synthetic disk (Scotch Brite). These disks enable acontrolled cleaning of the surface with very limited removal of the primer.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 165/338
page 8/8
1706ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel
February 2000
Specifications
Sometimes specifications require that all zinc salts must be removed before topcoating. In practice the
removal of all traces is difficult and reference to the Shipbuilding Research Association of Japan Standard
(SPSS) for surface cleaning may be helpful. It shows photographs of zinc salt formation on zinc epoxy and
zinc silicate shop primers. It can be seen that even after sweep blasting slight traces of zinc salts remain on
the surface.
4. SPOT REPAIR OF OLD ZINC SILICATE/ORGANIC SYSTEMS
When zinc silicate primed systems, which are in reasonable condition, are to be repaired by spot blasting of
rusty areas and touch-up of the primer, followed by an organic topcoat, it is best to avoid the use of a zinc
silicate for repair. This is because when sprayed on the blasted areas there will always be an overlap ontothe surrounding organic coating. This inevitably results in areas of poor adhesion. The solution is to patch
prime using a zinc epoxy.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 166/338
page 1/4
1882
CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER
a four page issue January 2000
revision of 7-1999
PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c– VALIDITY
d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigma Novaguard a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b– 18-03-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.
99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c– --
d– 7453
Sigma Novaguard a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c– --
d– 7453, 7417
Sigma Phenguard a– Tritec environmental services We are of the opinion that Sigma
LTD Phenguard paint preparation, would be
b– 08-10-1993, 078SIG93.TWF suitable for marine water tank lining with
c– -- respect to odour/taste pick up, upon
d– 7409, 7435, 7436 super chlorination, to the specification
outlined in the above test method.
Sigma Phenguard –, a– Water Byelaws Advisory Service The results of the tests of effect on water
primer, coating, finish b– 28-01-1997, quality that have been carried out on the
M101061 product so described, and it has been
c– November 2001 decided that there is no objection to its
d– 7409, 7435, 7436 use provided the source, nature and
manufacturing processes of the
ingredients and products are not
changed.
Sigmaguard CSF a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa has evaluated Sigmaguard
of Public Health CSF toxicologically and approved coating
b– 17-03-1995, for use in potable water tanks on ship
95/00672-2-AMI/621.2 and offshore installations.
(24-11-1995, 95/00672-3-
AMI/621.2 transl.date and nr)
c– --
d– 7443
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 167/338
page 2/4
1882 CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER
January 2000
PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c– VALIDITY
d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmaguard CSF a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c– --
d– 7443, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF a– Universiteit Gent The material analyzed satisfies the
b– 07-04-1993 Belgian Norm NBN S29-001 and the
c– -- R.D.’s mentioned in the report.
d– 7443
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b– 27-10-1998, that come in contact with drinking water.
98/2240-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c– --
d– 7475
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal Primer ) epoxy
b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/729-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c– --
d– 7475, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Stanford Consultin Laboratories Sigmaguard CSF 75 was tested for
b– 22-01-1999 compliance to BS6920-1996 Edition.
WP 98/6569 The product complies fully to thec– -- Sections of the standards 2.2 to 2.6 of
d– 7475 the standard at an exposure surface area
of ≈ 41,700 mm² /L of test water.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b– 25-10-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.
99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c– --
d– 7785, 7417
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 168/338
page 3/4
1882 CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER
January 2000
PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c– VALIDITY
d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b– 25-10-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c– --
d– 7785, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Hygiene-Institut des The epoxy coating fulfils the
Ruhrgebiets, Gelsenkirchen requirements of DVGW-Arbeitsblatt
b– 07-07-1999, W 1239/99/Ju W270 for the use with drinking water.
c– 07-07-2004
d– 7785
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– NSF Sigmaguard CSF 85 conforms to the
b– 10-11-1999 requirements of NSF standard 61 -
c– -- Drinking Water System Components -
d– 7785 Health Effects.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– The Netherlands Waterworks’ Sigmaguard CSF 85 is suitable for
Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable
KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum
b– 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35° C.
c– --
d– 7785
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– SETSCO Services Pte Ltd Sigmaguard CSF 85 is deemed suitable
b– 14-10-1999, H19631/ST for contact with water intended for
c– -- human consumption, in accordance with
d– 7785 SS 375:1994.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– The Water Quality Centre The samples of this product meet the
b– 19-06-1997, M 101323 test criteria of BS 6920 : Part 1
c– June 2002 (“Specification”) and thus comply with
d– 7785 the requirements of the Water Byelaws
Scheme Tests of Effect of Water Quality.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 169/338
page 4/4
1882CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER
January 2000
PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c– VALIDITY
d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmalining SF 23 a– The Netherlands Waterworks’ Sigmalining SF 23 is suitable for
Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable
KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum
b– 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35°C.
c– --
d– 7623
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 170/338
page 1/2
7005
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 12-1995
Sheet nrs PRODUCT NAMES
7802 Sigma EP Steeline
7453 Sigma Novaguard
7744 Sigma Novashield
7435 Sigma Phenguard coating
7436 Sigma Phenguard finish
7409 Sigma Phenguard primer
7370 Sigma Proferral PR
7551 Sigma Silguard MC
7472 Sigma TCN 3007558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58
7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60
7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor
7414 Sigmacover aluprimer
7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade
7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound
7456 Sigmacover CM coating
7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat
7412 Sigmacover CM primer
7726 Sigmacover DTM coating
7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer
7413 Sigmacover primer
7428 Sigmacover ST
7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade
7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake
7402 Sigmacover zinc primer
7528 Sigmadur gloss
7524 Sigmadur HB finish
7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss
7443 Sigmaguard CSF
7475 Sigmaguard CSF 757785 Sigmaguard CSF 85
7433 Sigmaguard EHB
7448 Sigmaguard HS
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium
7255 Sigmaferro build coat
7239 Sigmaferro gloss
7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP
7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white
7256 Sigmaferro semigloss
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 171/338
page 2/2
7005PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL
May 2000
Sheet nrs PRODUCT NAMES
7149 Sigmetal Construction
7251 Sigmetal finish
7145 Sigmetal mioprimer
7420 Sigmarite sealer
7155 Sigmasteel QD
7234 Sigmasteel QD finish
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl
7555 Sigmatherm silicate
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 172/338
page 1/3
7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 12-95
ALKYD PAINTS
Primers
7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP contains zinc phosphate
7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate
Undercoats and finishes
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium heat resistant, general purpose
7255 Sigmaferro buildcoat fast drying
7239 Sigmaferro gloss non-yellowing, fume resistant
7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate7234 Sigmasteel QD finish semigloss finish
7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white selfcleaning finish
7256 Sigmaferro semigloss semigloss finish
WATER BORNE PAINTS
7149 Sigmetal Construction based on acrylic dispersion
7145 Sigmetal mioprimer based on acrylic dispersion
7251 Sigmetal finish based on acrylic dispersion
HEAT RESISTING PAINTS
7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 up to 500° C (ethyl silicate)
7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat up to 200° C (mio epoxy)
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium up to 175° C (alkyd resin)
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl up to 350° C (silicone resin)
7555 Sigmatherm silicate up to 500° C (ethyl silicate)
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane up to 450° C (silicone resin)
EPOXY PAINTS
Solvent free epoxies
7453 Sigma Novaguard single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistanttank coating
7744 Sigma Novashield single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating, with improved abrasion resistance
7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating
7443 Sigmaguard CSF single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating
7475 Sigmaguard CSF 75 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tank
coating
7785 Sigmaguard CSF 85 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tankcoating
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 173/338
page 2/3
7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties
May 2000
High solids epoxies7414 Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface preparation
7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface wintergrade
preparation
7726 Sigmacover DTM coating tar free epoxy
7428 Sigmacover ST surface tolerant coating
7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade surface tolerant coating
7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake abrasion/impact resistant
7448 Sigmaguard HS acid/abrasion resistant
Solvent borne primers
7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application
7370 Sigma Proferral PR one component zinc rich epoxy
7412 Sigmacover CM primer zinc phosphate, recoatable epoxy
7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems
7413 Sigmacover primer excellent adhesion to various substrates
including damp steel surfaces
7402 Sigmacover zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems
Solvent borne coatings
7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application
7456 Sigmacover CM coating long term recoatability7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat long term recoatability
7420 Sigmarite sealer mio sealer/primer
Solvent borne tankcoatings
7409 Sigma Phenguard primer phenolic epoxy
7435 Sigma Phenguard coating phenolic epoxy
7436 Sigma Phenguard finish phenolic epoxy
7433 Sigmaguard EHB polyamine cured epoxy
7448 Sigmaguard HS polyamine cured
Epoxy tar coatings
7472 Sigma TCN 300 polyamine cured epoxy tar
POLYURETHANE PAINTS
Finishes
7528 Sigmadur gloss long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention
7524 Sigmadur HB finish long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention
7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss long term recoatability, high solids, semigloss
finish
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 174/338
page 3/3
7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties
sheet two May 2000
SILICATE PAINTS
7551 Sigma Silguard MC zinc ethyl silicate tankcoating
7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 zinc ethyl silicate primer
7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60 zinc ethyl silicate primer
7555 Sigmatherm silicate ethyl silicate topcoat
SILICONE PAINTS
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl silicone/acrylic resin finish
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane silicone resin primer/finish
SUNDRIES
7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor rust inhibition
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 175/338
page 1/2
7131
SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP
a two page issue February 2000
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION modified zinc phosphate alkyd primer
PRINCIPAL – excellent anticorrosive properties for atmospheric and high temperature
CHARACTERISTICS exposure conditions
– good adhesion to pretreated steel and pretreated aluminium
– fast drying
– lead and chromate free
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite and limited colour range available - eggshell
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 49 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,0 lb/gal - 368 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 14 m² /l for 35 µ m
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5-10° C, 1,5 hours at 20° C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5-10° C, 18 hours at 20° C
max. an interval of several months can be allowed, thorough cleaning is
essential before overcoating
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 40° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2
AND TEMPERATURES – shop primed steel; sweep blasted or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Ss or
SPSS-Pt2
– aluminium; etched and passivated etch primed or sufficiently roughened
– previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 mm (= 0,017 in)Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 176/338
135362 offwhite 9001262200
page 2/2
7131SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP
February 2000
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,35 MPa (=approx. 3,5 bar; 50 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 177/338
page 1/3
7145SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION water borne micaceous iron oxide pigmented acrylic primer
PRINCIPAL – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health
CHARACTERISTICS and safety reasons
– developed to give excellent adhesion to galvanized steel
– excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints
– fast drying
– non-flammable
– can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints, water borne
epoxy coatings and chlorinated rubber paints
– contains non-toxic anticorrosive pigments
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown – flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 40 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,4 lb/gal - 50 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 8 m² /l for 50 µ m
Touch dry after 15-30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – sweep blasted or otherwise roughened galvanized steel,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from salts and other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application andcuring and at least 3° C above dew point
– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % otherwise film
formation may be adversely affected
– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much water results in lower sag resistance
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 178/338
page 2/3
7145SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48-0,58 mm (= 0,019 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0-5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner
AND CLEANING – pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the
PROCEDURE equipment and cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)
Table 1 from solvent borne- to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur
rubber
1st cleaning withSigma thinner 20-05 21-22 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed
Table 2 from water borne- to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur
rubber
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 179/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 180/338
page 1/3
7149
SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 4-1999
DESCRIPTION fast drying one component water based high build zinc phosphate
primer/coating based on acrylic dispersion
PRINCIPAL – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted
CHARACTERISTICS because of health and safety reasons
– non-flammable
– excellent adhesion to well pretreated steel
– good anticorrosive properties
– fast dry to handle
– can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints and water borne
epoxy coatings as well as certain solvent based two component products
COLOURS AND GLOSS Ral colours (other colours available on request) – flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 43 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 75 µ m
Touch dry after 30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or primed with Sigmetal construction
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application and
curing and at least 3° C above dew point– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying and
performance of the coating will be adversely affected
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much water results in lower sag resistance
– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 181/338
page 2/3
7149
SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
* for localised areas of difficult access only
CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner
AND CLEANING pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and
PROCEDURE cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)
Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
1st cleaning withSigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed
Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 182/338
177804 redbrown 2008002200186582 ral 7030 7030262200
page 3/3
7149SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table alkyd substrate
and acrylic finishes temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C
minimum 6 4 3
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that any
interval contamination is removed
when overcoating with certain two component products extend
minimum overcoating interval by 50%
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 183/338
* see additional data page 1/3
7155 SIGMASTEEL QD
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998
DESCRIPTION fast drying high build zinc phosphate primer/coating, based on modified
alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL – anti corrosive properties
CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
– fast drying
– fast handling
– recoatable with one and two component coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey (other colours on request) - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 55 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 lb/gal - 385 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 - 75 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 11,0 m² /l for 50 µ m, 7,3 m² /l for 75 µ m
Touch dry after 30 min.
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 75 µ m dft *
at higher dft’s drying time will be longer
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 28° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel, without a mill scale; according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES – weld seams and burned areas; according to SPSS-Pt3
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extrathinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C) or
Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 184/338
page 2/3
7155 SIGMASTEEL QD
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areasRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table for one
component products
(e.g. Sigmasteel QD
products)
substrate
temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C
minimum 8 6 4
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any
interval contamination
Overcoating table for two
component products
– Sigmacover CM coating
– Sigmacover CM miocoat
– Sigmadur HB finish
substrate
temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C
minimum 12 10 8
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any
interval contamination
the figures in the tables are based on Sigmasteel QD applied in a dft of
75 µ m
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 185/338
182671 base L 20 ltr
183132 baze Z 20 ltr
page 3/3
7155SIGMASTEEL QD
December 1999
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 186/338
page 1/2
7234 SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH
a two page issue December 1999
DESCRIPTION fast drying high build finish coating, based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL – suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
CHARACTERISTICS – fast drying
– fast handling
– good colour retention
– not suitable for immersion in water
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours on request) - semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Dark colours White - Light colours
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 53 % by volume approx. 45 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l max. 4,0 lb/gal - 475 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 µ m per coat 50 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 10,6 m² /l for 50 µ m 9.0 m² /l for 50 µ m
Touch dry after 45 min. 45 min.
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 50 µ m dft min. 4 hours for 50 µ m dft
max. unlimited max.unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 28° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; previous suitable coat; (Sigmasteel QD) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C)
Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 187/338
page 2/2
7234SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areasRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 188/338
page 1/2
7237SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-95
DESCRIPTION white self-cleaning non-yellowing alkyd topcoat
PRINCIPAL – self cleaning due to slow chalking
CHARACTERISTICS – particularly used as an exterior topcoat for tank shells and fixed
roofs of tanks and storage spheres
– anti-funguous properties
– high opacity
COLOURS AND GLOSS white – semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lbs/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 49% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 Lbs/gal - 385 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 - 60 µ m per coat depending on application method
Theoretical spreading rate 14 m² /l for 35 µ m, 8 m² /l for 60 µ m
Touch dry after 1 hour at 20° C, 2 hours at 10° C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. unlimited, thorough cleaning is essential before overcoating
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 39° C
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened
AND TEMPERATURES if necessary
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extrathinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 189/338
106499 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7237SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE
May 2000
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
ROLLER/BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS relatively harmless paint, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 190/338
page 1/2
7239SIGMAFERRO GLOSS
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION high gloss alkyd finishing coat
PRINCIPAL – suitable for interior and exterior use
CHARACTERISTICS – easy application by brush with excellent flow
– good weather resistance
– high opacity
– good colour retention
– gas proof: no discolouration with sulphur dioxide
– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
– can be applied over intact alkyd paints
– certificate for low-flame spread: see sheet 1883
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours according to Sigma Protective Coating shade card)
– gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
dark colours white - light colours
Mass density approx. 1,0-1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,2 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 51-59 % by volume approx. 59 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l (for white)
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 µ m per coat 35 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 14,6-16,9 m² /l for 35 µ m 16,9 m² /l for 35 µ m
Touch dry after 2 hours 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours min. 16 hours
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months
Flash point 41° C 41° C
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughenedAND TEMPERATURES if necessary
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C, otherwise
extra thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 191/338
107283 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7239SIGMAFERRO GLOSS
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 12 - 16 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 192/338
page 1/3
7251
SIGMETAL FINISH
a three page issue December 1999
DESCRIPTION water borne acrylic construction finish
PRINCIPAL – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted
CHARACTERISTICS because of health and safety reasons
– non-flammable
– good weather resistance
– good colour retention
– fast dry to handle
– not suitable for immersion in water
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours on request) - eggshell
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx 1,1 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 42 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 8,2 m² /l for 50 µ m
Touch dry after 30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – primed steel with Sigmetal construction
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application and
AND TEMPERATURES curing and at least 3° C above dew point
– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying
and performance of the coating will be adversely affected
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much water results in lower sag resistance
– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 193/338
page 2/3
7251
SIGMETAL FINISH
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
* for localised areas of difficult access only
CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner
CLEANING PROCEDURE pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and
cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)
Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
1st cleaning with
Sigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed
Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 194/338
199321 base L 20 ltr
199322 base Z 20 ltr
page 3/3
7251SIGMETAL FINISH
December 1999
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table for substrate
acrylic finishes temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C
minimum 6 4 3interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that any
interval contamination is removed
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 195/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 196/338
107594 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7255SIGMAFERRO BUILDCOAT
December 1999
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 16 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 8 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 197/338
page 1/2
7256SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION semi gloss alkyd finishing coat
PRINCIPAL – for interior and exterior use
CHARACTERISTICS – easy application by brush with excellent flow
– good weather resistance
– high opacity
– good colour retention
– good scratch resistance
– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
– resistant against domestic cleaning agents
– can be applied over intact conventional paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS according to the Sigma Protective Coating shade card - semi gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
for white
Mass density approx. 1,25 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 16 m² /l for 35 µ m
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating interval min. 18 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 39° C
RECOMMENDED - – previous suitable coat; (Sigmaferro build coat) finely sanded, dry and free
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C, otherwise extra
solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 198/338
103393 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7256SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 9 - 18 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 1 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 199/338
page 1/2
7264
SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION modified alkyd aluminium finish
PRINCIPAL – high quality aluminium paint with a wide range of applications for
CHARACTERISTICS atmospheric and high temperature exposure conditions
– high brilliancy
– spray application improves the appearance
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,0 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 47,0 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 25 µ m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 18,8 m² /l for 25 µ m
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10° C, 1 hour at 20° C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5 - 10° C, 16 hours at 20° C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months, prolonged storage may affect the brilliancy
Flash point 38° C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use
– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 200/338
106635 aluminium 0000002200
page 2/2
7264SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLERRecommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 201/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 202/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 203/338
136782 grey 0000001800
page 3/3
7370SIGMA PROFERRAL PR
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 204/338
* see additonal data page 1/4
7402
SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL – designed as a system primer for various paint systems
CHARACTERISTICS – good corrosion prevention properties
– quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
– can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
– meets COT specification 16.52, see sheet 1887
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,2 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 55 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l
Recommended dry film 25-50 µ m depending on blasting profile;
thickness dfts of more than 50 µ m are not recommended underneath thick, rigid
epoxy systems
Theoretical spreading rate 22 m² /l for 25 µ m *
Touch dry after 15 min. at 20° C *
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. several months *
Full cure after 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 29° C, hardener 26° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 µ mAND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 205/338
page 2/4
7402 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life 24 hours at 20° C, 6 hours at 35° C
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % depending on dft to be applied
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % (depending on dft to be applied)
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoreticalspreading rate spreading rate m² /l 22 15,7 11 7,3
dft in µ m 25 35 50 75
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 206/338
page 3/4
7402 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
Overcoating table substratefor dft 35-50 µ m temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 8 6 4 3interval hours hours hours hours
maximum several months when free frominterval zinc salts and contamination
– zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they
should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
– an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior
exposure conditions– in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
– when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat Sigmacover zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite sealer
– before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
temperature handle
10° C 40 min. 4 hours 20 days
15° C 30 min. 2 hours 10 days
20° C 15 min. 2 hours 7 days
30° C 10 min. 1 hour 5 days
– Sigmacover zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5° C and
10° C, but the curing rate will be very low
– for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for
systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC forsystems exposed to immersed conditions
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 207/338
179384 0000001800
page 4/4
7402SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 208/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7409
SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997
DESCRIPTION two component high-build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL – primer coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
– maximum cargo flexibility
– low cargo absorption
– good resistance to hot water
– food certificate, see sheet 1884
– Recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
COLOURS AND GLOSS off white - eggshell
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 µ m *
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned in situ to at least ISO-Sa2½ and free from rust, scale,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primer and any other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – blasting profile; (Rz) 50 µm - 100 µm
– the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard primer
– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 209/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7409 SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15° C 20 min.
20° C 15 min.
25° C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH only for spot repair and stripe coating
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheetMinimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m³
b. to reach TLV = 968 m³
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 210/338
page 3/4
7409 SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3
dft in µ m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m
Overcoating table for
Sigma Phenguard coatingand Sigmaguard HS
substrate
temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 60 48 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,
8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10° C 14 days
15° C 14 days
20° C 10 days
30° C 7 days
40° C 5 days
– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required whcih cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)
– when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be
limited to a maximum of 100 µ m
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 211/338
180706 offwhite 7001002200
page 4/4
7409SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER
December 1999
Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours
30°C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 212/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7412
SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1995
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer
PRINCIPAL – general purpose epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems
CHARACTERISTICS for steel and concrete structures in atmospheric exposure
– can be recoated with two component and conventional paints even after
long weathering periods
– is free from lead and chromate containing pigments
– excellent rust preventing properties in industrial or coastal atmospheres
– tough, with long term flexibility
– will cure even at temperatures down to -10° C
– a high relative humidity max. 95 % during application and curing does not
influence the performance of the primer
– good adhesion to steel, galvanized steel and aged epoxy coatings
– easy application, both by airless spray and brush
– resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
– COT certificate available
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream and pink - eggshell, other colours on request
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 63 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,8 lb/gal - 335 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75-150 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 6,3 m² /l for 100 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 213/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 214/338
page 3/4
7412 SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 8,4 6,3 4,2
dft in µ m 75 100 150
Overcoating table for
Sigmacover CM productssubstrate
temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitations, provided the surface is cleaned
interval from any contamination
Overcoating table for
other paintssubstrate
temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8
interval days days days hours hours hoursmaximum no limitations, when cleaned from chalking and
interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat
note: Sigmacover CM primer is not recoatable with tar epoxy coatings
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
-10° C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5° C 24-30 hours 14 days
0° C 18-24 hours 10 days
5° C 18 hours 8 days
10° C 12 hours 6 days
15° C 8 hours 5 days
20° C 6 hours 4 days
30° C 4 hours 3 days
40° C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 215/338
179630 cream 3012002200
179635 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
7412 SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER
December 1999
Pot life 10° C 16 hours(at application viscosity) 15° C 10 hours
20° C 8 hours
30° C 5 hours
35° C 4 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Lim i tat ion of Liabi l i ty - The info rmat ion in this data sheet is based upon labor atory tests we bel ieve tobe accurate and is int ended for guidance only. Al l recommendat ions or suggest io ns relat ing to the u se of th eproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or ot herw ise, are based on data w hich to t he best o f our kno w ledge are rel iable. The products andinfo rmat ion are designed fo r users having t he requisi te know ledge and indu str ial sk i l ls and i t is the end-user's responsibi l i ty t o determ ine the sui tabi l i ty of th e product for i ts intended use.Sigma Coat ings has no control over ei ther t he qual i ty or condi t ion of the substrat e, or the m any factorsaffect ing t he use and appl icat io n of the p roduct. Sigma Coat ing s does theref ore not accept any l iabi l i t yarising f rom loss, in jury or damage resul t in g f rom such use or t he cont ents of this data sheet (unless thereare wri t ten agreements stat ing oth erw ise).
The data contained her ein are l iable to m odif ication as a result of p ractical experience and cont inuo usproduct development.
This data sheet replaces and annu ls al l previou s issues and it is theref ore t he user’s responsibi l i t y t o ensurethat this sheet is current prior t o using the produ ct.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 216/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998
DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL – general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
CHARACTERISTICS and non ferrous metals to be used in immersion and atmospheric
exposures
– good adhesion to steel, non ferrous metals and galvanized steel
– compatible with controlled cathodic protection systems
– good flow and wetting properties
– good water and corrosion resistance
– cures at temperatures down to +5° C
– suitable for touching up weld seams and damage to epoxy primers
during construction
– long recoating intervals are possible when overcoating with epoxy and
polyurethane coatings
– can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy-
and 2 component polyurethane coatings
– suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown and green - eggshell
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 57 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50-75 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,4 m² /l for 50 µ m *
Touch dry after 1,5 hours
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. 6 months *
Full cure after 7 days *(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C
RECOMMENDED – for immersion exposure:
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS-Ss
– for atmospheric exposure:
• steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2½ or according to ISO-St3
• shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 217/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER
December 1999
– galvanized steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination, preferablyblast cleaned to Rz = 30 µm
– substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and curing
and at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTION FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft 75 µm
5 - 10 % for dft 50 - 75 µm
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (= 0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (=approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 11,4 7,6
dft in µ m 50 75
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 218/338
page 3/4
7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER
December 1999
Overcoating tablefor two pack epoxy- or
polyurethane paint
substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 36 16 10 8 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum
interval 6 6 6 6 4 3
when not months months months months months months
exposed to
sunshine
maximuminterval 3 3 3 3 2 2
when months months months months months months
exposed to
sunshine
– figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 µm Sigmacover primer
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Overcoating table for
other type of paint like:
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,alkyd paint
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 16 10 6 5 3 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 21 21 14 10 7 7
interval days days days days days days
– figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 µm Sigmacover primer
– surface should be cleaned from chalking and contamination
– glossy finishes require a suitable undercoat
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
temperature handle
5° C 5 hours 6 hours 21 days
10° C 3 hours 4 hours 14 days
15° C 2,5 hours 3 hours 10 days
20° C 1,5 hours 2 hours 7 days
30° C 45 min. 1 hour 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 219/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 220/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified
epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL – primer/coating designed for maintenance
CHARACTERISTICS – very low solvent content
– good flow properties
– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation
– compatible with most aged good adhering coatings
– good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints
– good curing at temperatures down to 5° C
– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
– good abrasion resistance
– good flexibility
– if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0° C, the wintergrade
type
should be used (see 7414WG)
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium (light-dark) - semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 90% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,1 l/gal - 135 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 125 µ m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 12 m² /l for 75 µ m, 7,2 m² /l for 125 µ m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. 4 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base > 65° C, hardener 45° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 221/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
December 1999
RECOMMENDED – for atmospheric exposure conditions SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
• existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
– for immersion in water
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or cleaned by wet blasting
• steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool
cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew
point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C
otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 3 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mmNozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 222/338
page 3/4
7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
December 1999
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 12 9 7,2
dft in µ m 75 100 125
Overcoating table
for most epoxy and
polyurethane paints *
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 36 20 12 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 6 6 4 3 3
interval months months months months months months
* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50% surface
should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
5° C 16 hours 48 hours 10 days
10° C 9 hours 36 hours 7 days
15° C 6 hours 20 hours 6 days
20° C 4 hours 12 hours 5 days
30° C 3 hours 8 hours 4 days
40° C 2 hours 6 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 15° C 5 hours
(at application viscosity) 20° C 3 hours
30° C 2 hours
40° C 1 hour
50° C 1 hour
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 223/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 224/338
* see additional data
page 1/4
7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995
DESCRIPTION two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified
epoxy primer/coating (for temperatures of 0° C up to +10° C)
PRINCIPAL – good curing at temperatures down to +0° C
CHARACTERISTICS – primer/coating designed for maintenance
– very low solvent content
– good flow properties
– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation
– compatible with most aged good adhering coatings
– good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints
– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
– good abrasion resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium (light-dark) – semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 88% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,3 lb/gal - 150 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 125 µ m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 11,7 for 75 µ m, 7,0 m² /l for 125 µ m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. 2 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base > 65° C and hardener > 42° C
RECOMMENDED – for atmospheric exposure conditions
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
• existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
– for immersion in water
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or cleaned by wet blasting
• steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool
cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
– substrate temperature should be above 0° C and at least 3° C above dewpoint
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 225/338
* see additional data
page 2/4
7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5 ** use wintergrade hardener
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C
otherwise extra solvents are required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 10° C 3 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 11,7 8,8 7,0
dft in µ m 75 100 125
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 226/338
page 3/4
7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
December 1999
Overcoating tablefor most epoxy and
polyurethane paints
substratetemperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 15° C
minimum 64 36 24 20
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 5 5 4 3
interval months months months months
– for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised
with 50%
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
0° C 18 hours 26 hours 14 days
5° C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days
10° C 5 hours 16 hours 7 days
15° C 4 hours 12 hours 6 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 5° C 4 hours
(at application viscosity) 10° C 3 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 227/338
179596 dark 0100002200
179598 light 0200000022
page 4/4
7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 228/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7420
SIGMARITE SEALER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998
DESCRIPTION two component micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured epoxy
sealer/coating
PRINCIPAL – may be used as a primer, sealer or coating
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent adhesion to and sealing of weathered, cleaned zinc rich primers
and zinc sprayed steel
– good adhesion to properly pretreated galvanized steel
– excellent adhesion to blast cleaned steel
– can be used in systems for atmospheric or water immersed exposure
conditions
– good resistance to industrial or chemical contaminated atmospheric
exposure conditions
– good abrasion- and impact resistance
– good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats
– resistant to temperatures up to 200° C in dry atmospheric exposure
conditions
– meets COT specification 17.09
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, greenish grey - low metallic sheen
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³Solids content approx. 60 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 380 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 40-80 µ m * depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 15 m² /l for 40 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours *
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. 1 month *
Full cure after 7 days *(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 26,5° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 229/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7420 SIGMARITE SEALER
December 1999
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES SPSS-Pt3
– zinc primed steel: free from any contamination and zinc salts
– galvanized steel; for atmospheric exposure conditions disc sanding, free
from any contamination and zinc salts; for water immersed exposure
conditions sweep blasting is required
– not weathered zinc sprayed steel; free from any contamination and zinc
salts
– previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be above 10° C during application and
curing and at least 3° C above dew point
– for atmospheric exposure conditions the minimum substrate temperature
for application may be 5° C, but at low temperature the curing slows
down
according to the overcoating and curing tables
REMARK when used as an adhesion primer or when a long overcoating interval is
expected a max. dft of 50 µm must be specified in order to preserve the
rough texture
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
20 min. 15° C, 10 min. 20° C, 5 min. 25° C
Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 % for dft of approx. 80 µm
25 - 30 % for dft of approx. 40 µ m when used for sealing inorganic zinc
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 30 % depending on thickness to be applied
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mmNozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 230/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 231/338
179510 9048052200
179508 9028052200
page 4/4
7420SIGMARITE SEALER
December 1999
Curing table substrate touch dry to handle full cure
temperature dry rainproof
5°C 8 hours 18 hours – days
10°C 5 hours 8 hours 15 days
15°C 3,5 hours 6 hours 10 days
20°C 2 hours 4 hours 7 days
25°C 1,5 hours 4 hours 5 days
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– for optimum resistance in tankcoating systems a minimum substrate
temperature of 10°C is essential
Pot life 15°C 10 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 8 hours
25°C 6 hours
30°C 5 hours
35°C 4 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 232/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 233/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7427 SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Pot life at 20° C 6 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
to obtain optimal flow Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 43° C) should be
used
Note special thinners may be required if applied directly on top of zinc silicate
primers
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,4 6,3 4,2
dft in µ m 75 100 150
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 234/338
page 3/4
7427 SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT
December 1999
Overcoating table
for Sigmacover CM
products and epoxy
finishes
substrate
temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation
interval
Note Sigmacover CM miocoat should not be overcoated with a coal tar epoxy
coating
Overcoating table
for chlorinated
rubber, Sigmadur
HB finish,
Sigmadur gloss,
Sigmadur HB miocoat
and alkyd paints
substrate
temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 24 16 12 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation,
interval glossy finishes require an undercoat
Curing table at substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
-10° C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5° C 24-30 hours 14 days
0° C 18-24 hours 10 days
5° C 18 hours 8 days
10° C 12 hours 6 days
15° C 8 hours 5 days
20 C 6 hours 4 days
30° C 4 hours 3 days
40° C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10° C 12 hours
(at application viscosity) 20° C 6 hours
30° C 4 hours
40° C 2 hours
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 235/338
179494 colour 9553 9553052200
179496 colour 9558 9558052200
page 4/4
7427SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 236/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7428
SIGMACOVER ST
a four page issue December 1999revision of 8-1998
DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy
primer/coating
PRINCIPAL – self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
CHARACTERISTICS atmospheric exposure
– particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
– excellent corrosion resistance
– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
– good abrasion resistance
– good flexibility
– compatible with various aged coatings– good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated
rubber-, alkyd- and acrylic paints
– when exposed to sunlight some discolouration may occur
– good curing down to +5° C
– if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0° C, the wintergrade
type
should be used (see 7428 WG), however, discolouration will occur with
light colours
– COT certificate available
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, and offwhite (other colours on request) - semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 85 % by volume (for offwhite)
VOC (supplied) max. 1,5 lb/gal - 185 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 60 - 150 µ m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 m² /l for 60 µ m, 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. see tables *
Curing time 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 31° C, hardener 45° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 237/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 238/338
* see additional data page 3/4
7428 SIGMACOVER ST
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 14,2 5,7
dft in µ m 60 150
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m
Overcoating table for epoxy- substrate
and polyurethane paint * temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 24 16 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 9 9 4 2 1
interval months months months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50%
Overcoating table for
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,
and alkyd paint
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 24 16 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 21 21 10 7 7
interval days days days days days
glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
– best intercoat adhesion occurs when the subsequent coat is applied
before the preceding coat is fully cured
– if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface
Curing table at 125 µ m substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
for Sigmacover ST temperature
5° C 30 hours 48 hours 25 days
10° C 20 hours 24 hours 15 days
15° C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days
20° C 6 hours 16 hours 7 days
30° C 5 hours 8 hours 4 days
40° C 3 hours 5 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 239/338
179585 redbrown 7631-6169-05
179956 grey 7631-5000-00
179583 ral 6002 7631-6002-26
179586 offwhite 7631-7001-00
page 4/4
7428SIGMACOVER ST
December 1999
Pot life 15°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 2 hours
30°C 1,5 hours
40°C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 240/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995
DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy
primer/coating (for temperatures of 0° C till +10° C)
PRINCIPAL – cures down to +0° C
CHARACTERISTICS – particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
atmospheric exposure
– excellent corrosion resistance
– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
– good abrasion resistance
– good flexibility
– compatible with various aged coatings
– good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated
rubber-, alkyd and acrylic paints
– colours have tendance of yellowing
– light colours have tendency to yellowing
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey and offwhite (other colours on request) – gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 85% by volume (for offwhite)
VOC (supplied) max 1,6 lb/gal - 195 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 60 - 150 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 for 60 µ m, 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. 2 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 31° C, hardener 26° C
RECOMMENDED – for atmospheric exposure conditions
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for
good corrosion protection
– existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamintion
– substrate temperature should be above +0° C and at least 3° Cabove dew point
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 241/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 83 : 17 ** use wintergrade hardener (WG)
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,
otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time 15 minutes, for substrate temperatures below +10° C
Pot life at 10° C 2 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) or
Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 45° C) for better flow
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 14,2 8,5 5,7
dft in µ m 60 100 150
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 242/338
page 3/4
7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999
Overcoating table substratefor epoxy paint temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C
minimum 24 20 16 8
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 2 2 2 2
interval months months months months
– the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct
sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Overcoating table
for polyurethane paintsubstrate
temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C
minimum 64 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 1 1 1 1
interval month month month month
– the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct
sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
0° C 24 hours 24 hours 14 days
5° C 18 hours 20 hours 10 days
10° C 12 hours 16 hours 7 days
15° C 9 hours 12 hours 6 days
20° C 4 hours 8 hours 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 243/338
179613 base L 20 ltr
179609 base Z 20 ltr173524 hardener
page 4/4
7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999
Pot life 0°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 10°C 2 hours
20°C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 244/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 245/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7433 SIGMAGUARD EHB
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow induction time before use
15° C 15 min.
20° C 10 min.
25° C 5 min.
Pot life at 20° C 1,5 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner up to 10 % for a one coat application of 125 µ m dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 15 % for a one coat application of 125 µ m dft
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 45 m³
b. to reach TLV = 938 m³
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 246/338
* see additional data page 3/4
7433 SIGMAGUARD EHB
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 7,8 6,2
dft in µ m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m
Overcoating table substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 32 24 8 4 3
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating
temperature system before transport ofaliphatic petroleum products cargoes without
and ballast water and note 4, 7, 8 or 11
tanktest with seawater
5° C 10 days 17 days
10° C 7 days 14 days
15° C 5 days 8 days
20° C 3 days 5 days
30° C 2,5 days 4 days
40° C 1,5 days 3 days
– minimum curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months
– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 247/338
179122 grey 5000002200
180730 green 4000002200
page 4/4
7433SIGMAGUARD EHB
December 1999
Pot life 15°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 1,5 hours
25°C 1 hour
30°C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 248/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7435
SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997
DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – second coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
– maximum cargo flexibility
– low cargo absorption
– good resistance to hot water
– food certificate, see sheet 1884
– Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink - eggshell
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat of Sigma Phenguard primer; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard coating
– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 249/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7435 SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above
15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15° C 20 min.
20° C 15 min.
25° C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 56 m³
b. to reach TLV = 970 m³
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 250/338
page 3/4
7435 SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3
dft in µ m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m
Overcoating table for substrate
Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 36 32 24 16 12
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10° C 14 days
15° C 14 days
20° C 10 days
30° C 7 days
40° C 5 days
– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months
– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 251/338
179115 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
7435SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING
December 1999
Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours
30°C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 252/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7436
SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997
DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy finish
PRINCIPAL – finish coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
– maximum cargo flexibility
– low cargo absorption
– good resistance to hot water
– food certificate, see sheet 1884
– Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (green on request) - eggshell
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat of Sigma Phenguard coating; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard finish
– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 253/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7436 SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15° C 20 min.
20° C 15 min.
25° C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheetMinimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m³
b. to reach TLV = 967 m³
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 254/338
page 3/4
7436 SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3
dft in µ m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m
Overcoating table for substrate
Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 36 32 24 16 12
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10° C 14 days
15° C 14 days
20° C 10 days
30° C 7 days
40° C 5 days
– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 255/338
179116 green 4000002200
179118 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
7436SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH
December 1999
Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours
30°C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 256/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7443
SIGMAGUARD CSF
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
CHARACTERISTICS – good resistance to various chemicals
– one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with
excellent corrosion resistance
– can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat
– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
– good visibility due to light colour
– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation
COLOURS AND GLOSS green - gloss
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 17 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m *
Touch dry after 8 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 monthsFlash point base and hardener: above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 µ m
AND TEMPERATURES – suitable primer; Sigmacover primer 7413 or Sigmarite sealer 7420
– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 µ m Sigmaguard CSF
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 257/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7443 SIGMAGUARD CSF
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20° C
– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated
to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
– length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
– at 30° C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot lifetime has been expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 258/338
page 3/4
7443 SIGMAGUARD CSF
December 1999
Minimum ventilation airquantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 1 m³
b. to reach TLV = 22 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5dft in µ m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 150 - 200 µ m
measuring wet film thickness
– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 µ m
measuring dry film thickness
– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating tablewith Sigmaguard CSF
(spot repair and
stripe coating)
substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 80 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 20 20 20 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 259/338
179131 green 4000002200
page 4/4
7443SIGMAGUARD CSF
December 1999
Curing table substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
5°C 60 hours 15 days
10°C 30 hours 7 days
20°C 16 hours 5 days
30°C 10 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20°C 60 min.
(at application viscosity) 30°C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 260/338
* see additional data page 1/3
7447 SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL – excellent abrasion and impact resistance
CHARACTERISTICS – long term protection for areas subject to heavy wear and tear
– excellent resistance to corrosion
– very low water permeability, due to glassflake barrier
– tar free
– resistant to splash and spillage of a wide range of chemicals
– application and curing at temperatures down to 5° C
COLOURS AND GLOSS black (other colours on request) - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 84 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 Lb/gal - 195 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 400 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 2,1 m² /l for 400 µ m *
Touch dry after 2-3 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *
max. 30 days *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 27° C, hardener 24° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½; blasting profile (Rz)50-100 µm
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – primed steel; (Sigmacover primer); dry and free from any contaminationAND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 76 : 24
– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 261/338
179367 black 8000002200
page 2/3
7447SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
December 1999
Induction time 10 min. at 20°C
Pot life at 20°C 1,5 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft of about 400 µm
Nozzle orifice 0,53 - 0,78 mm (= approx. 0,021 - 0,031 in)
Nozzle pressure 19 - 22,5 MPa (= approx. 190 - 225 bar; 2700 - 3200 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20°C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm (= approx. 0,062 - 0,079 in)
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair
– due to thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although
this does not affect performance
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m²/l 3,4 2,1
dft in µm 250 400
Overcoating table substrate
for epoxy paints temperature 5°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C
minimum 48 24 16 12 8
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 28 14
interval days days days days days
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
December 1999
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 262/338
179367 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7447SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
Curing table for dft substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
up to 400 µm temperature
5°C 16 hours 30 hours 10 days
10°C 8 hours 16 hours 7 days
20°C 3 hours 8 hours 5 days
30°C 2 hours 5 hours 4 days
40°C 1 hour 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 1,5 hours
30°C 45 min.
40°C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 263/338
* see additional data page 1/3
7448
SIGMAGUARD HS
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – excellent water and chemical resistance
CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for waste water of pH 2-10
– good abrasion resistance particularly to waste water slurries
– easy to clean
– UV exposure may adversely affect colour and gloss
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 86,0 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,2 lb/gal - 145 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 150-250 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m
Touch dry after 3 - 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 20 hours *
max. 5 days *
Full cure after 10 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 18° C, hardener 65° C
RECOMMENDED – suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer preferred for waste
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS water exposure)
AND TEMPERATURES – dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew
point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77 : 23
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 3 hours *
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 264/338
* see additional data page 2/3
7448
SIGMAGUARD HS
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH max. dft 75 µ m
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /litre 4,3 3,4 1,7
dft in µ m 200 250 500
Overcoating table substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 4 2 16 10 8interval days days hours hours hours
maximum 14 7 5 2 2
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 265/338
179526 green 4000002200
179528 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7448SIGMAGUARD HS
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to full
temperature handle cure
5°C 5 days 21 days
10°C 2 days 15 days
20°C 16 hours 10 days
30°C 10 hours 5 days
40°C 8 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 15°C 4 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 3 hours
25°C 2 hours
30°C 1,5 hours
40°C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 266/338
Page 1/4
7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 1-1997
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – one or two coat tank coating system
CHARACTERISTICS – very suitable in glassfibre reinforced systems
– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70° C
– suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
– good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
– good visibility due to light colour
– glossy and smooth appearance
– easy to clean
– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment
– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
– non-flammable
– suitable for the carriage and storage of dry solid foods
– approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels
– suitable for contact with liquid food stuffs
COLOURS AND GLOSS green and cream - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 µ m - 600 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m *
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life
(min 10° C and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO–Sa2½,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50–100 µ m
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and
curing and at least 3° C above dew point
– steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,
clean and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 267/338
Page 2/4
7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22
– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20° C
– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *
Note special working procedure is available
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1
pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
– length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
– at 30° C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 268/338
page 3/4
7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 1,7
dft in µ m 300 600
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 150 µ m
measuring wet film thickness
– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 µ m
measuring dry film thickness
– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating table with
Sigma Novaguard (spot
repair and stripe coating)
substrate
temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours
maximum 3 2 1
interval months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 269/338
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 270/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
CHARACTERISTICS for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land and marine
conditions
– can be recoated with two component and conventional coatings even
after long weathering periods
– excellent durability
– tough, with long term flexibility
– will cure even at temperatures down to -10° C
– a high relative humidity max. 95 %, during application and curing does
not influence the quality of the coating
– good adhesion on aged epoxy coatings
– easy application, both by airless spray and brush
– resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
– COT certificate available
COLOURS AND GLOSS according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card - semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 65 % by volume (white); 62-65 % (colours)
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 150 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 6,5 m² /l for 100 µ m (white) *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *
max. unlimited
Curing time 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 271/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; dry and free from any contaminationSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10° C IS
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time – 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10° C
– none above 10° C
Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 272/338
page 3/4
7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 8,7 6,5 4,3
dft in µ m 75 100 150
Overcoating table
for Sigmacover
CM products
substrate
temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, when cleaned from
interval chalking and contamination
Overcoating table
for chlorinated
rubber, Sigmadur
HB finish,
Sigmadur Gloss,Sigmadur HB miocoat
and alkyd paints
substrate
temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 4 2 1 12 8 6
interval days days day hours hours hoursmaximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking and
interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat
Overcoating table
for vinyl
and epoxy paints
substrate
temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8
interval days days days hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking andinterval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat
Note Sigmacover CM coating should not be overcoated with tar epoxy coatings
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 273/338
179440 white 7000002200
page 4/4
7456SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature
-10°C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5°C 24-30 hours 14 days
0°C 18-24 hours 10 days
5°C 18 hours 8 days
10°C 12 hours 6 days
15°C 8 hours 5 days
20°C 6 hours 4 days
30°C 4 hours 3 days
40°C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10°C 16 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 8 hours
30°C 5 hours
35°C 4 hours
40°C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 274/338
* see additional data page 1/5
7472
SIGMA TCN 300
a five page issue December 1999
revision of 1-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – outstanding water and crude oil resistance
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent corrosion resistance
– good resistance against chemically polluted water
– can be applied and cures at low temperatures (application possible down
to –5° C provided the substrate is free from ice)
– good abrasion resistance
– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– resistant to well designed cathodic protection
COLOURS AND GLOSS black and brown - eggshell
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 71 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,4 lb/gal - 295 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 125-500 µ m (see system sheets)
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 125 µ m *
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. 5 days *
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25° C, hardener 26° C
RECOMMENDED – for immersion in water, with cathodic protection
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
AND TEMPERATURES • steel with zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
– for immersion in water, without cathodic protection
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
• steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L
• steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 275/338
page 2/5
7472 SIGMA TCN 300
December 1999
– for atmospheric exposure conditions• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½
• steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
• steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or
SPSS-Pt3
• existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
– in order to obtain the maximum resistance against chemical- and
mechanical influences the substrate temperature should be above 5° C
during application and curing
– application at temperatures down to -5° C is possible but curing tohardness takes considerably longer and complete resistance will be
reached when temperature increases
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets 3101, 3102, 3106, 3107
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 86 : 14
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15° C 30 min.
20° C 15 min.
25° C 10 min.
for application temperatures below 5° C: 60 min.
Pot life at 20° C 6 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for a dft of 250 µm
10 - 15 % for a dft of 125 µm
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,64 mm (= 0,021 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 2 - 4 bar; 28 - 57 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 276/338
page 3/5
7472 SIGMA TCN 300
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and spot repairRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 58 m³
b. to reach TLV = 892 m³
Sigma thinner 91-79 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 164 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3723 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 5,7 2,8 2,4 1,8 1,4dft in µ m 125 250 300 400 500
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m
max. dft when brushing(touch up and spot repair): 125 µ m
Overcoating table
for dft up to 250 µ m
with Sigma TCN 300 and
Sigma TCN tiecoat and
other compatible paints
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum
interval 21 12 8 4 3
when exposed days days days days days
to direct
sunshine
maximum
interval 40 30 24 18 14
when not days days days days days
exposed
to direct
sunshine
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 277/338
page 4/5
7472 SIGMA TCN 300
December 1999
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
– when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
– when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 250 µm
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended
as follows:
for 300 µm : 2 times as long
for 400 µm : 3 times as long
for 500 µm : 4 times as long
– adequate ventilation is required during application and curing
– when application has to be executed at low temperature care should be
taken that the temperature of the mixed paint is at least 15° C, theinduction time should be increased to at least one hour
Curing table
for dft up to 250 µ m
initial cure full cure
substrate for exposure to seawater for immersion in
temperature and to slightly polluted polluted water or
atmosphere crude oil
5° C 96 hours —
10° C 48 hours 15 days
15° C 30 hours 10 days20° C 24 hours 7 days
30° C 18 hours 3 days
40° C 12 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Drydockings – exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial curing time
– if Sigma TCN 300 has been applied by means of hot airless spray,
exposure to seawater is permitted after an initial cure of 4 hours
– at dfts ranging from 250 - 500 µm applied in a one coat application thecuring times have to be doubled in order to obtain sufficient mechanical
strength
– the mechanical strength, when cured at low temperature, is low initially,
but will increase quickly when exposed to seawater
Pot life 15° C 8 hours
(at application viscosity) 20° C 6 hours
25° C 5 hours
30° C 4 hours
35° C 2 hours
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 278/338
179000 black 8000002200
178998 brown 2000002200
page 5/5
7472SIGMA TCN 300
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 279/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7475
SIGMAGUARD CSF 75
a four page issue January 2000
revision of 4-1999
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured modified epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – tankcoating for drinking water
CHARACTERISTICS – can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
– good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
– approved for potable water by:
National Institute of Public Health, Norway ref. no. Inr. SK 551/82, and
complies to Australian Standard AS 4020(Int)-1994
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream - gloss
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 0 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l at 300 µ m dft *
Touch dry after 8 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 12 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz): 40 µ m-70 µ mSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS if a holding primer is required, Sigmaguard primer 15 (dft of 75 µ m)
AND TEMPERATURES should be used
– concrete; blast cleaned to remove loose particles, laitance and
contamination
– if a primer is required to withstand hydrostatic pressure, use Sigmacover
Armour Compound prior to application of Sigmaguard CSF 75
– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 280/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75
January 2000
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21
– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least
20° C
– at lower temperature viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C approx. 1 hour *
AIRLESS SPRAY – use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment, the paint must be heated
to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
– length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature) min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)– at 30° C (paint temperature) min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
– all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes
– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 281/338
page 3/4
7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75
January 2000
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5
dft in µ m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m
measuring wet film thickness
– a difference is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
– a practical recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the
specified dft plus 60 µm
measuring dry film thickness
– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some days
after application due to the penetration of the measuring device into the
paint film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating with substrate
Sigmaguard CSF 75 temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 4 24 16 10
interval days hours hours hours
maximum 28 20 14 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 282/338
179135 cream 3012002200
page 4/4
7475SIGMAGUARD CSF 75
January 2000
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure fortemperature drinking water
10°C * 4 days 20 days
20°C 1 day 12 days
30°C 16 hours 7 days
40°C 10 hours 5 days
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– * for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50 % or lower
– for drinking water tanks Sigmaguard CSF 75 should not be applied at temperatures below 10°C and the curing times are longer in view of
unreacted components. Before using the freshly coated tanks, a
tankwash should be carried out (see appendix)
Pot life 20°C 60 min.
(at application viscosity) 30°C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 283/338
* see additional data page 1/5
7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
a five page issue December 1999revision of 8-98
DESCRIPTION two component flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured, epoxycompound
PRINCIPAL – seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties
CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for the protection of steel and concrete– excellent resistance against impact and wear– excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions– resistant to splash of mild chemicals– can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application– application areas are, steelmills, powerplants, textile mills, decks of
ships and offshore installations– texture of surface is rough
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours available on request) - flat
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 2,0 g/cm³Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gallon - 0 g/lRecommended dry filmthickness 3 - 5 mmTheoretical spreading rate 0,2 m² /l for 5000 µ m (= approx. 10 kg/m² )
0,3 m² /l for 3000 µ m (= approx. 6 kg/m² )Touch dry after 6 - 8 hoursOvercoating interval 1 - 7 days, depending on type of paint *Curing time 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point base and hardener above 65° CConsistency base - paste, hardener - mobile liquid
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, surface roughness (Rz) 75-100 µmSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – concrete: freed from laitance by blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES – moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew
point
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 284/338
page 2/5
7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION see relevant manuals:
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 90,4 : 9,6
– the temperature of base and hardener when mixing the componentsshould be approx. 20° C
– use always mechanical mixing equipment– add the hardener while stirring the base– mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained– do not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C approx. 30 minutes
APPLICATION a sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transportedfrom the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airlessspray gun.Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are asshort as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binderwill be pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) materialbehind. So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airlessspraying, just before the spraygun 5/8 inch).
APPLICATION WITH equipment such as type "swinger pump" Fizom A112tech spraysystemsLOW PRESSURE PUMP U.S.A.
Nozzle orifice approx. 5,6 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisationNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4-6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)
equipment such as Swinger Pump (11 : 1 ratio motor AirTech spray equipment, Houston, TX)
Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mixatomisation
Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4 - 6 bar; 57- 85 p.s.i.)
APPLICATION BY – pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lidPRESSURE VESSEL – vessel should not contain more than 25 litres
– before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit– hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres,
preferably in two lengths of 3,5 metres– at low temperature hoses have to be insulated
Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisationNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 285/338
page 3/5
7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999
APPLICATION BY equipment such as "quick spray", carrousel pump and spraying equipmentDISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP (Quickspray Inc., Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)
Nozzle orifice approx. 4 - 5 mmNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)
APPLICATION BY TROWEL Sigmacover Armour compound can be applied and compacted by trowels
TOUCH UP – damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with Sigmacover Armour compound by means of filling knives
– porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled withSigmacover Armour compound by hand (trowel/filling knife)
– larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars
Note: other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest salesoffice
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
AND PROCEDURE – all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use– insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with Sigma
thinner 90-53, repeat if necessary
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table substratefor solvent borne paints temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 7 4 1 1interval days days day day
maximum 30 30 30 30interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 286/338
page 4/5
7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999
Overcoating table substratefor solvent free paints temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 1 day or immediately wet on wetinterval
maximum 30 30 30 30interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate touch dry to fulltemperature dry handle cure
10° C 10-12 hours 48 hours 12 days20° C 6- 8 hours 24 hours 7 days30° C 4- 6 hours 16 hours 4 days40° C 4- 4 hours 12 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20° C 30 min.
30° C 15 min.
PHYSICAL DATA OF CURED MATERIAL
Abrasion resistance 75 mg/1000 revs. (CS 17-1000 g weight)(Taber Abraser)Porosity no sparks at 35 KV at dft of 2 mm(Isotest II R.T.)Impact resistance 12 Nm (no break down with impact, ball Ø is 10 mm)
Adhesion on steel 6 N/mm²
(IS0-DIS 4624)Tensile strength 11 N/mm²(ASTM D638)Bending strength 26 N/mm²(ASTM D790)Pressure strength 26 N/mm²(ASTM D695)Elongation at break approx. 1,5 %(ASTM D638)Shore hardness approx. 65
(ASTM 2240)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 287/338
……….
Page 5/5
7490SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 288/338
page 1/2
7499
SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR
a two page issue March 2000
revision of 10-95
DESCRIPTION a water soluble corrosion inhibitor to prevent rusting of wet blast cleaned
steel, formulated to be used in conjunction with suitable epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL – soluble in water
CHARACTERISTICS – phosphate free
– non-inflammable
– under reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperature above 0° C)
rusting will be prevented for a maximum of 48 hours; the treated surface
should be completely overcoated as early as possible during this period
COLOURS colourless
BASIC DATA AT 20° C
Mass density approx. 1 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 75 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0.0 lb/gal - 0 g/l
Overcoating interval min.: suitable primers can be applied even when a wet blasted surface is
still damp, provided it is free from any visible water droplets or
running water; a dry substrate is always to be preferred
max.: 48 hours at reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperatures
above 0° C)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65° C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – add 1 litre of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for the blasting
process, mix thoroughly
– add 5 litres of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for rinsing, mix
thoroughly
– epoxy primer should be applied as soon as possible
– suitable primers are:
• Sigmacover primer (7413)• Sigma Universal primer (7417)
– before priming, the surface must be free of surplus water
– in order to avoid an overconcentration of the inhibitor, the excess water
should be blown away with oil free compressed air
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 289/338
123618 0000001500
143668 0000003200
page 2/2
7499SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR
March 2000
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigma Universal primer see product data sheet 7417
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 290/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7524
SIGMADUR HB FINISH
a four page issue February 2000
revision of 11-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high build semigloss aliphatic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL – recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
– excellent colour and gloss retention (aluminium version becomes grey)
– non-chalking, non-yellowing
– cures at temperatures down to -5° C
– tough and abrasion resistant
– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range and aluminium as RAL 9006 available - semi gloss
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Colours white aluminium
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³ approx. 1,1 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume approx. 48 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 369 g/l max. 3,9 lb/gal - 467 g/l
Recommended dry film 50-75 µ m 50-75 µ m
thickness depending on system depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m² /l for 50 µ m, 9,6 m² /l for 50 µ m,
7,5 m² /l for 75 µ m * 6,4 m² /l for 75 µ m *
Touch dry after 1 hour 1 hour
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours * min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days * 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 monthsFlash point base 28° C, hardener 38° C base 28° C, hardener 38° C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – during application and curing a substrate, temperature down to -5° C is
acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 291/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7524 SIGMADUR HB FINISH
February 2000
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 4 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C) Volume of thinner 0-5%
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
Volume of thinner 10-12%
Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (=approx. 3-4 bar; 40-60 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
Volume of thinner 0-5%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading rate m² /l
spreading rate colours 11,2 7,5
aluminium 9,6 6,4
dft in µ m 50 75
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 292/338
* see additional data page 3/4
7524 SIGMADUR HB FINISH
February 2000
Overcoating table substratefor Sigmadur products temperature -5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 30 16 9 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any contamination
interval
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss and or adversely affect film formation
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
–5° C 48 hours 20 days
0° C 24 hours 16 days
10° C 12 hours 7 days
20° C 6 hours 5 days
30° C 5 hours 4 days
40° C 3 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10° C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20° C 4 hours
30° C 3 hours
40° C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 293/338
various sap codes
183212 aluminium 9006262200
page 4/4
7524SIGMADUR HB FINISH
February 2000
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 294/338
page 1/3
7528
SIGMADUR GLOSS
a three page issue February 2000
revision of 3-1996
DESCRIPTION two component aliphatic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL – recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure
– excellent colour and gloss retention
– non-chalking, non-yellowing
– cures at temperatures down to –5° C
– tough and abrasion resistant
– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and black, colours available on request - gloss
BASIC DATA (data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,3 lb/gal - 390 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50-60 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m² /l for 50 µ m *
Touch dry after 1 hour
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 28° C, hardener 38° C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from anySUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – during application and curing, a substrate temperature down to –5° C
is acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85 %
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance– thinner should be added after mixing the components
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 295/338
page 2/3
7528 SIGMADUR GLOSS
February 2000
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 4 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 12 %Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 40 - 60 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 11,2 9,3
dft in µ m 50 60
Overcoating table
for Sigmadur productssubstrate
temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 48 32 16 9 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited
interval
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 296/338
179291 white 7000002200
179309 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7528SIGMADUR GLOSS
February 2000
Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature
–5°C 48 hours 20 days
0°C 24 hours 16 days
10°C 12 hours 10 days
20°C 6 hours 7 days
30°C 5 hours 5 days
40°C 3 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss and/or adversely affect film formation
Pot life 10°C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours
30°C 3 hours
40°C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimesnecessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 297/338
* see additional data page 1/3
7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high solids semigloss polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL – recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
– excellent colour and gloss retention
– non-chalking, non-yellowing
– cures at temperatures down to -5°C
– tough and abrasion resistant
– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS colour range - semigloss
according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card
BASIC DATA AT 20°C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m²/l = 40,7 ft²/US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 75 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,2 lb/gal - 275 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 µm depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 10 m²/l for 75 µm *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 42°C, hardener 50°C
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point
– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15°C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 298/338
* see additional data page 2/3
7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
Pot life at 20°C 5 hours *
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,42 mm (= 0,015 - 0,017 in)
Nozzle pressure 18 MPa (= approx. 180 bar; 2560 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)
Volume of thinner 0-5%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m²/l 10 7,5 6
dft in µm 75 100 125
Overcoating table substrate
for Sigmadur products temperature -5°C 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C
minimum 60 44 24 12 8 5
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any
interval contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 299/338
various sap codes
page 3/3
7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
Curing table substrate temperatures touch dry full cure
–5°C 8 hours 22 days
0°C 5 hours 18 days
10°C 3 hours 10 days
20°C 2 hours 7 days
30°C 1 hour 4 days
40°C 0,5 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after applicationthis may result in a reduction in gloss
Pot life 10°C 7 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 5 hours
30°C 3 hours
40°C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 300/338
* see additional data page 1/5
7551
SIGMA SILGUARD MC
a five page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1997
DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc rich (ethyl) silicate coating
PRINCIPAL – tankcoating with excellent solvent and chemical resistance
CHARACTERISTICS – to be used as tankcoating or as a system primer in various paint systems
based on unsaponifiable binders
– can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from –90° C up to
+400° C, under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
– high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
– good impact and good abrasion resistance
– certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient
– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886
– must not be used for immersion in alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic
(less than pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product cured at 20° C and 50 % RH)
Mass density approx. 2,7 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 65 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 396 g/l
Recommended dry film average dft 75 µ m to 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on smooth
thickness non-pitted blast cleaned steel
average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or light pitted, blast
cleaned steel
heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m, 6,5 m² /l for 100 µ m *
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months
pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)
Flash point binder 14° C; pigment above 65° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 301/338
* see additional data page 2/5
** see upgrading dft
7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC
December 1999
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned in-situ to at least ISO-Sa2½, completely free fromSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS rust, scale, shop primer and contaminations, blasting profile (Rz)
AND TEMPERATURES 40-70 µ m
– galvanized steel; sweep blasted to roughen the surface and to remove
any zinc salts which might be present
– a heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
– substrate temperatures ranging from -5° C up to +90° C during
application are acceptable
– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Silguard MC must be
applied by spray and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be
added
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– relative humidity should be above 40%
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3323
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 74 : 26
– add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a
mechanical mixer
– stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder
– do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint
– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
– agitate continuously during application
– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 9 - 12 MPa (= approx. 90 - 120 bar; 1280 - 1710 p.s.i.)
Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be
used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 302/338
page 3/5
7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC
December 1999
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be
used
BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair
– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m
– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25 %by volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
UPGRADING DFT when for some reason the dft is below specification and an extra coat of
Sigma Silguard MC has to be applied, Sigma Silguard MC should be thinned
down with approx. 50 % Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible
wet coat that remains wet for some time
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 76 m³
b. to reach TLV = 924 m³
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³
ADDITIONAL DATA very highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void
spaces in between the particles
film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,7 6,5 5,2
dft in µ m 75 100 125
above 150 µm dft mudcracking can occur
min. dft for closed film with airless spray
(up to 50% Sigma thinner 90-53): 25 µ mmax. dft when brushing: 35 µ m
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 303/338
page 4/5
7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC
December 1999
Overcoating table substratefor RH of 50 % and higher temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is dry and cleaned
interval from contamination and zinc salts
– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) Sigma Silguard MC should be sealed with approved coatings
– Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should
be obtained
– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat
times are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application
by:
• wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying• wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Silguard MC should always
be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be
observed
Curing table substrate curing time for non curing time for full
50 % RH and higher temperature immersion service resistance according
to resistance list
0° C 24 hours 4 days
10° C 18 hours 4 days
20° C 12 hours 2 days
30° C 6 hours 2 days
40° C 4 hours 2 days
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 304/338
179127 greenish grey 0000002135
page 5/5
7551SIGMA SILGUARD MC
December 1999
– Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 0°C 24 hours
(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours
20°C 12 hours
30°C 6 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 305/338
* see additional data page 1/3
7555
SIGMATHERM SILICATE
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995
DESCRIPTION one component moisture curing (alkyl) silicate finish
PRINCIPAL – heat resistant finish on top of suitable zinc silicate primers
CHARACTERISTICS – can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90° C up to +400° C
under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
– improves to a certain extent the corrosion resistance properties of a zinc
silicate primer
– minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 38 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 470 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 40 µ m * (25 µ m on top of the zinc silicate)
Theoretical spreading rate 9,5 m² /l for 40 µ m
Touch dry after 60 min. at 20° C
Overcoating time min. 5 hours *
max. unlimited, contamination must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 9° C
RECOMMENDED – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination
and zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES – during application substrate temperatures ranging from -5° C up to+90° C
are acceptable
– the substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– relative humidity should be above 50%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir thoroughly till homogeneous
– strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
– agitate continuously during application
– if partly used cans are closed properly, the product can be used later
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 306/338
page 2/3
7555
SIGMATHERM SILICATE
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 20 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,46 mm (= 0,015 - 0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1710 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 30 %
Nozzle orifice 1,7-2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA – it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly
Film thickness and into the porous zinc silicate primer
spreading rate – immediately after spraying the finish should have a completely wet
appearance
– excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise
cracking and flaking may occur
theoretical spreading
rate m² /l 9,5
dft in µ m 40
dft in µ m on top of zinc silicate approx. 25
Overcoating table substrate
at 50% RH and higher temperature -5 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 48 36 10 5 3
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is
interval dry and cleaned from any contamination
– curing can be accelerated by spraying water on to the coated surface
4 hours after application
– the surface should be (kept) wet for the next 4 hours
– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating interval
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 307/338
153167 aluminium 9000002180
page 3/3
7555SIGMATHERM SILICATE
December 1999
Curing table for at substrate dry to full cure50% RH and higher temperature handle
- 5°C 2 hours 48 hours
0°C 2 hours 36 hours
10°C 1 hour 24 hours
20°C 30 minutes 12 hours
30°C 15 minutes 6 hours
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Air temperature see information sheet 1650
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 308/338
* see additional data page 1/5
7558
SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
a five page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998
DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc (alkyl) silicate primer
PRINCIPAL – anticorrosive primer for structural steel
CHARACTERISTICS – suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
– galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
– can withstand substrate temperatures from –90° C up to +400° C, under
normal atmospheric exposure conditions
– good low temperature curing
– good impact and abrasion resistance
– certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient
– must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than
pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm³Solids content approx. 65% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l
Recommended dry filmthickness – when used as a system primer with dft 60 µ m on smooth, non pitted,
blast cleaned steel
– average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or pitted, blast
cleaned steel
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m *
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months
pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)
Flash point binder 16° C; pigment above 65 ° C
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 309/338
* see additional data page 2/5
7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
December 1999
RECOMMENDED – for immersion exposureSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm
AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweepblasted
to SPSS-Ss, welds rusty and damaged areas blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2½
– for atmospheric exposure
• steel blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
• weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present
– substrate temperatures from -5° C up to +90° C during application are
acceptable
– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 must
be applied by spray, and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to
be added
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 81 : 19
– add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a
mechanical mixer
– stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder
– do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint
– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
– agitate continuously during application
– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C) may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 310/338
* see additional data page 3/5
7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
December 1999
BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m
– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53 (10-25 % by
volume), so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
UPGRADING DFT if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 58
has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be thinned down with
approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that
remains wet for some time
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,7 6,5
dft in µ m 75 100
please note: over application may lead to mud-cracking
Overcoating table substrate
for 50 % RH and higher temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from
interval contamination and zinc salts
– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be sealed with approved coatings
– Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that
it only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should
be obtained
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 311/338
* see additional data page 4/5
7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
December 1999
– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat timesare desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:
• wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying
• wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should always
be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be
observed
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
50 % RH and higher temperature
–5° C 2 hours 24 hours
0° C 2 hours 24 hours
10° C 1 hour 18 hours
20° C 30 minutes 12 hours
30° C 30 minutes 6 hours
40° C 30 minutes 4 hours
– Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 312/338
179568 0000002185
page 5/5
7558SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
December 1999
Pot life 0°C 24 hours(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours
20°C 12 hours
30°C 6 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 313/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1997
DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (alkyl) silicate primer
(paste form)
PRINCIPAL – anticorrosive primer for structural steel
CHARACTERISTICS – suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
– galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
– two component binder and zinc paste
– can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90° C up to
+400° C,
under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
– good low temperature curing
– good impact and abrasion resistance
– must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than
pH 5,5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 65% by volume VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l
Recommended dry film – average dft 75 µ m with a minimum of 60 µ m on smooth
thickness non pitted blast cleaned steel
– average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or pitted,
blast cleaned steel
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point binder 12° C; zinc paste 26° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – shopprimed steel (zinc silicate); sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss to remove zinc
AND TEMPERATURES salts and contamination
– weld seams, burned and rusty areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
– weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 314/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60
December 1999
– substrate temperatures from -5° C up to +60° C during application areacceptable
– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 must
be applied by spray and to avoid dry spray Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be
added
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – mixing ratio by volume: paste to binder 64,5 : 35,5
– use a mechanical mixer
– stir the paste thouroughly before adding the binder
– add the binder gradually to the paste
– stir thoroughly till homogeneous
– do not mix in reverse order
– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
– agitate continuously during application
– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair
– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m
– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25% by
volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
UPGRADING DFT if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 60
has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be thinned down with
approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coatthat remains wet for some time
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 315/338
page 3/4
7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60
December 1999
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles
Film thickness and theoreticalspreading rate spreading rate m² /l 10,8 8,7 6,5 5,2
dft in µ m 60 75 100 125
Overcoating tablefor 50% RH and higher
substratetemperature -5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is cleaned frominterval contamination and zinc salts
– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be sealed with approved coatings
– Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that itonly cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere orimmersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relativehumidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure shouldbe obtained
– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat timesare desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:• wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying• wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should alwaysbe visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 isa suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (oralternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should beobserved
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 316/338
179322 0000002180
page 4/4
7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60
December 1999
Curing tablefor 50% RH and higher
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
–5°C 2 hours 24 hours 0°C 2 hours 24 hours10°C 1 hour 18 hours20°C 30 minutes 12 hours30°C 30 minutes 6 hours40°C 30 minutes 4 hours
– Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 0°C 24 hours
(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours
20°C 12 hours
30°C 6 hours
Worldwide rlavailability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimesnecessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 317/338
page 1/2
7563 SIGMATHERM SILOXANE
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 3-1997
DESCRIPTION heat resisting paint based on silicone resin
PRINCIPAL – heat resistant up to 450° C
CHARACTERISTICS – to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
– good weather resistance
– should preferably be applied by spray
– a minimum temperature of 200° C is necessary to obtain sufficient cure
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - eggshell
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,1 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 24,0% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 5,4 lb/gal - 645 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 30 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 8 m² /l for 30 µ m
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C
45 min. at 10° C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point 26° C
RECOMMENDED – aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
– by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply Sigmatherm siloxane
on top of a zinc silicate primer
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE power agitate to uniform consistency
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 318/338
186350 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
7563SIGMATHERM SILOXANE
December 1999
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 319/338
page 1/2
7565
SIGMATHERM SILACRYL
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998
DESCRIPTION heat resisting finish paint based on a silicone/acrylic resin
PRINCIPAL – heat resistant up to 350° C
CHARACTERISTICS – widely compatible with organic and inorganic zinc primers
– excellent gloss and colour retention
– excellent resistance to weathering
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and aluminium - semigloss
other colours on request
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
white aluminium
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,1 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 39% by volume approx. 42% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,5 lb/gal - 540 g/l (for white)
Recommended dry film
thickness 25-30 µ m 25-30 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 15,6 m² /l for 25 µ m 16,8 m² /l for 25 µ m
Touch dry after 1-2 hours 1-2 hoursOvercoating interval min. 18 hours min. 18 hours
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months
Flash point 29° C 29° C
RECOMMENDED – aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil
MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination
and zinc salts
– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ and ISO-Sa3– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE power agitate to uniform consistency
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38-0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120-150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 320/338
186132 white 7000002200
168790 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
7565SIGMATHERM SILACRYL
December 1999
AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice 1,5-2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3-4 bar; 43-57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 321/338
* see additonal data page 1/4
7702
SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL – designed as a system primer for various paint systems
CHARACTERISTICS – good anticorrosive properties
– quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
– can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
– very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown - flat
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,5 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film 75-100 µ m depending on blasting profile;
thickness
Theoretical spreading rate 8,.8 m² /l for 75 µ m *
Touch dry after 2h min. at 20° C *
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. several months *
Full cure after 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 29° C, hardener 26° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 µ m
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 322/338
page 2/4
7702 SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life 8 hours at 20° C
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % depending on dft to be applied
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 % (depending on dft to be applied)
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 13.2 8,8 6.6
dft in µ m 50 75 100
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 323/338
page 3/4
7702 SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
Overcoating table substratefor dft 75-100 µ m temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 8 6 4 3interval hours hours hours hours
maximum several months when free frominterval zinc salts and contamination
– zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they
should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
– an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior
exposure conditions– in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
– when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat Sigmacover HS zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite
sealer
– before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
for dft 75-100 µ m temperature handle
10° C 5 hours 6 hours 20 days
15° C 3 hours 4 hours 10 days
20° C 2 hours 3 hours 7 days
30° C 1 hour 1.5 hour 5 days
– Sigmacover HS zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5° C
and 10° C, but the curing rate will be very low
– for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for
systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC forsystems exposed to immersed conditions
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 324/338
202554 redbrown 2008001800
page 4/4
7702SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 325/338
page 1/3
7726SIGMACOVER DTM COATING
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 2-1999
DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – can be used directly to metal
CHARACTERISTICS – excellent corrosion resistance
– resistant to well designed cathodic protection
– outstanding (sea)water resistance
– good abrasion resistance
– good resistance against chemically polluted water
– tar free
– user friendly
– very good surface wetting
– simple volume mixing ratio should twin-feed application be preferred
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³Solids content approx. 80 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 lb/gal - 192 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 150 µ m depending on systemTheoretical spreading rate 5,3 m² /l for 150 µ m *
Touch dry after 3 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *
max. 28 days *
Ready for immersion 3 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 26° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – previous coat (e.g. Sigmacover DTM coating or other suitable primer
AND TEMPERATURES dry and free from any contamination and within the min. and max.
overcoating time
– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
INSTRUCTION FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 326/338
page 2/3
7726
SIGMACOVER DTM COATING
December 1999
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
– see also attached application instructions
Pot life at 20° C 2 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91 - 92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 053 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
Note for stripe-coating a thinned down version of the standard product
can be used
for large projects or if specially required a stripe coating quality
is available
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90 - 53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 5,3
dft in µ m 150
Overcoating table
for dfts up to 150 µ m
with itself and Sigmadur
series
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 36 24 16 8interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 14
interval days days days days
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 327/338
182345 offwhite 7001002200
190856 brown 2000002200
182348 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7726SIGMACOVER DTM COATING
December 1999
Curing table
(minimum time)minimum curing time
substrate for immersion in water
temperature
5°C 10 days
10°C 7 days
15°C 5 days
20°C 3 days
30°C 2,5 days
40°C 1,5 day
Pot life 15°C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
40°C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard – toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 328/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 6-1999
DESCRIPTION two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL – one or two coat system for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion
CHARACTERISTICS resistance
– excellent impact and abrasion resistance
– resistant to well designed cathodic protection
– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70° C
– excellent water resistance
– good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
– good visibility due to light colour
– glossy and smooth appearance
– easy to clean
– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment
– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
– non–inflammable
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey and black - gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 400 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 2,5 m² /l for 400 µ m *
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (min. 10° C, dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO–Sa2½,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50–100 µ m
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and
curing and at least 3° C above dew point
– steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,
clean and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 329/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20° C
– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1
pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
– length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
– at 30° C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90–53 (flash point 30° C)
– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 330/338
page 3/4
7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 1,7
dft in µ m 300 600
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 150 µ m
measuring wet film thickness
– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 µ m
measuring dry film thickness
– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating table with
Sigma Novashield (spot
repair and stripe coating)
substrate
temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C
minimum 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours
maximum 3 2 1
interval months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 331/338
195822 light grey
page 4/4
7744SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature
10°C 30 hours 7 days
20°C 16 hours 5 days
30°C 10 hours 3 days
although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained
during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 332/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7785
SIGMAGUARD CSF 85
a four page issue January 2000
revision of 5-1999
DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL – tank coating for drinking water
CHARACTERISTICS – can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
– good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
– approved for drinking water by:
KIWA, Holland, ref. K12827/01,
The Water Quality Centre, UK, ref. M101323
Setsco Services PTE Ltd, Singapore, ref. H19631/ST
Hygiene-Institut des Ruhrgebiets, Germany, ref. W 1239/99/Ju
Folkehelsa, Norway, ref. 99/730-MINT/ARMI/523-2
NSF, USA, ref. Standard 061
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue - gloss
BASIC DATA (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20° C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 5,3 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 µ m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m dft *
Touch dry after 5 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 12 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 monthsFlash point base and hardener: above 65° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 µ m
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature must be above 10° C and at least 3° C above
dew point
– if a holding primer is required Sigmaguard primer 15 can be used
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 333/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7785 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85
January 2000
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21
– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20° C
– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be used
Induction time 30 min. for a substrate temperature of 10° C
20 min. 20° C
10 min. 30° C
Pot life at 20° C approx. 90 min. *
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated
to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
– length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
– at 30° C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 334/338
page 3/4
7785 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85
January 2000
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5
dft in µ m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m
max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m
measuring wet film thickness
– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 µ m
measuring dry film thickness
– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some
days after application due to the penetration of the measuring device
into the soft paint film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating table
with Sigmaguard CSF 85
(spot repair and
stripe coating)
substrate
temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 4 24 16 10
interval days hours hours hours
maximum 28 20 14 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure for
temperature drinking water
10° C * 4 days 20 days
20° C 1 day 12 days
30° C 16 hours 7 days
40° C 10 hours 5 days
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 335/338
189136 blue 1000002200
page 4/4
7785SIGMAGUARD CSF 85
January 2000
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
– Sigmaguard CSF 85 must not be applied at temperatures below 10°C
and for drinking water tanks a tank wash should be carried out after
full cure and before the tank goes into service (see appendix)
Pot life 20°C 90 min.
(at application viscosity) 30°C 60 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 336/338
* see additional data page 1/4
7802
SIGMA EP STEELINE
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1999
DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer/coating
PRINCIPAL – general purpose epoxy primer/coating for steel subject to interior
CHARACTERISTICS exposure
– can be recoated with two component and conventional paints
– is free from lead and chromate containing pigments
– tough, with long term flexibility
– will cure at temperatures down to +5° C
– easy application by airless spray
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours – eggshell, other colours on request
BASIC DATA AT 20° C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³
Solids content approx. 64 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 333 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75-125 µ m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 8,5 m² /l for 75 µ m, 5,1 m² /l for 125 µ m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval max. 6 months *
Full cure after 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5° C
AND TEMPERATURE is acceptable– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time – 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10° C
– none above 10° C
Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 337/338
* see additional data page 2/4
7802 SIGMA EP STEELINE
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m² /l 8,5 6,4 5,1
dft in µ m 75 100 125
Overcoating table for:
Sigma EP steelineSigma CM coating
substrate
temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 10 6 4 3 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any
interval contamination
8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 338/338
7802 SIGMA EP STEELINE
December 1999
Overcoating table for:Sigmadur HB finish
Sigmadur HB miocoat
Sigmadur HS semigloss
Sigmadur gloss
and alkyd based finishes
substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C
minimum 2 24 12 8 6
interval days hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any
interval contamination
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
5° C 18 hours 8 days
10° C 12 hours 6 days
15° C 8 hours 5 days
20° C 6 hours 4 days
30° C 4 hours 3 days
40° C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10° C 16 hours(at application viscosity) 15° C 10 hours
20° C 8 hours
30° C 5 hours
35° C 4 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.